Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Furnishings, Fixtures & Appliances / Howden Joinery Group

Howden Joinery Group

hwdn · LSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker hwdn
Exchange LSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Furnishings, Fixtures & Appliances
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Howden Joinery Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Howden Joinery Group Plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2017

To supply from local stock 
nationwide the small builder’s 
ever-changing, routine, integrated 
kitchen and joinery requirements, 
assuring best local price, no-call-
back quality and confidential 
trade terms... 

...and to provide the builder’s 
customer with enough choice, 
advice and aftersales to make  
a home to be proud of.

The Strategic Report

07  Chairman’s statement 
12  Our Culture and Purpose, Our Market, 
Our Business Model and Our Strategy

20  Chief Executive’s statement 
22  KPIs and Review of Finance and Operations

28  Principal risks and uncertainties
33  Going Concern, Viability Statement  

and other Statements of the Directors
 Sustainability matters 

35 

Governance

51  Corporate Governance Report 
52 

 Board of Directors and Executive 
Committee

55  Corporate Governance Framework
61 

 UK Corporate Governance Code  
Compliance Table

65  Nominations Committee Report
72  Remuneration Committee Report
85 
94  Directors’ Report

 Audit Committee Report 

The Financial Statements
The Financial Statements
The Financial Statements

96  Consolidated income statement
 Consolidated statement  
97 
of comprehensive income

98  Consolidated balance sheet
99 

 Consolidated statement of changes  
in equity

100  Consolidated cash flow statement

101   Notes to the consolidated financial 

statements

134   Independent auditor’s report to 

the members

140  Company balance sheet 
141  Company statement of changes in equity
142  Notes to the Company financial statements

Additional Information

01

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S

l

a

i
c
n
a
n

i
F

n
o

i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

a
n
o

i
t
i

d
d
A

146  Parent company and subsidiary undertakings147 Five year record 148 Shareholder ranges 148 Corporate timetable149 Advisors and committeesHowden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017Strategic report 
 
 
 
 
02

03

What we did in 2017

£1.4bn
revenue (UK)
(2016: £1.3bn)

£32m
revenue 
(Continental Europe)
(2016: £26m)

19
new UK depots  
opened

661
total UK depots
at year end

26
new 
kitchen ranges 
introduced

£234m
Group operating profit
(2016: £237m)

63.3%
gross margin
(2016: 64.2%)

650,000
sq ft new 
distribution  
centre

New production 
and assembly 
lines installed and 
commissioned

192
new jobs

£232m
profit before tax
(2016: £237m)

11.1p
full year dividend
(2016: 10.7p)

£241m
net cash at year end
(2016: £227m)

29.9p
earnings per share
(2016: 29.5p)

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report04

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017

05

Strategic report

07  Chairman’s statement

12  Our Culture and Purpose, Market, Business Model and Strategy 

20   Chief Executive’s statement 

22  KPIs and  Review of Finance and Operations

28   Principal risks and uncertainties

33   Going Concern, Viability Statement  

and other Statements of the Directors

35    Sustainabilty matters

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l

a

i
c
n
a
n

i
F

n
o

i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

a
n
o

i
t
i

d
d
A

 
 
 
06

07

Chairman’s statement

Over the last two decades Howdens has  
evolved and grown to become the leading 
supplier of kitchens in the UK, focused on 
providing good service to small builders  
and value to all concerned. 

GROWTH IN A DIFFICULT MARKET
I am pleased to report that 2017 saw good progress 
for Howdens. Sales increased by 7.4% compared 
to 2016, driven mainly by an increase in volume 
of products sold, with stronger growth seen in the 
second half of the year. This growth demonstrates 
the good demand for our products and services 
despite a backdrop of muted consumer sentiment. 

Our agile business model has enabled us to respond 
well to the changing market environment and is 
discussed by our CEO, Matthew Ingle, in more detail 
in his review of the year on pages 20 to 21.

Our gross margin was 63.3%, which was achieved 
while absorbing extra costs from both adverse 
foreign exchange movements and volume growth. 
This enabled Howdens to continue to be strongly 
cash generative, ending the year with £241m of 
net cash. 

CEO SUCCESSION
In July, we announced that that Howdens’ founder 
and CEO, Matthew Ingle, will retire after 23 years 
with the company, to be succeeded as CEO by 
Andrew Livingston, previously CEO of Screwfix Direct 
Ltd, a division of Kingfisher Plc. 

Matthew has been the driving force behind 
Howdens, and on behalf of the Board and all 
our colleagues I would like to thank him for his 
exceptional leadership. There is no way to describe 
the contribution of a founder of a business which 
has grown from 14 depots, to an organisation that 
employs over 9,000 people, and has 460,000 
account holders with revenue of around £1.4bn. 

Howdens is a strong, growing and unique business 
whose culture is testament to Matthew’s character. 
Under his leadership, Howdens has delivered 
exceptional value to its shareholders and we 
celebrate Matthew’s achievements and the first  
23 years of Howdens on pages 10 and 11.

I am also very pleased to welcome Andrew to 
Howdens and we look forward to him leading 
the Company through the next stage of our 
development. Andrew developed an outstanding 
strategic and operational track record at Screwfix 
which, like Howdens, has developed great 
relationships with its trade customers. Andrew 
joined the Company on 29 January 2018 and will 
become CEO on 2 April 2018.

OUR INVESTMENT PROGRAMME
Since 1995, Howdens has grown to become the 
leading supplier of kitchens in the UK by providing a 
high level of service to local builders and value to all 
concerned. As a result, we have continued to invest 
steadily in the business to provide a strong platform 
for expansion.

While uncertainties regarding UK consumer 
demand remain, your Board believes that there are 
considerable opportunities for long term growth of 
the business, and that in order to fulfil that potential 
we must continue to invest in both capacity and 
capability through this economic cycle. 

As I noted in last year’s Annual Report, in 2015 we 
initiated a three-year programme of investment 
across Howdens in areas including manufacturing 
capability and warehousing capacity. We have now 
completed the three-year investment programme on 
schedule, with capital expenditure for 2017 of £48m. 

During 2017, at our Howden site, our cabinet 
production facility and assembly lines were fully 
installed and commissioned, as was our new 
cabinet component line at Runcorn. In addition, our 
new warehouse at Raunds came on-stream and 
has been utilised for bulk storage. We expect to use 
our new distribution centre for our peak October 
trading period in 2018, as we migrate from our older 
distribution centre in Northampton.

We anticipate that our core capital expenditure 
for 2018 will be approximately £60m and any 
additional expenditure beyond this level will be 
success-led.

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report08

09

Chairman’s statement continued

On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank 
everyone in Howdens for their contribution to the 
business and their local communities throughout 
the year.

LOOKING AHEAD
2017 saw Howdens grow and continue to invest for 
the future. Nevertheless, we note that that there is 
increasing uncertainty surrounding the UK consumer 
and the economic outlook. We remain confident in 
the Group’s potential and believe that the business 
has the financial capability, the culture and the skills 
to enable us to plan for the future from a position of 
stability and strength.

Richard Pennycook
Chairman

28 February 2018

THE BUSINESS MODEL
Howdens was designed from the start to work 
around the needs of the small builder, who knows 
that our depots are always in stock and that they 
are run by experienced and knowledgeable staff. We 
understand that our culture is the key reason for our 
continued success and maintaining that culture as 
we grow the business is vitally important.

RETURNS TO SHAREHOLDERS
Howdens’ earnings for the year were 29.9p per 
ordinary share, a small increase on the prior year 
(2016: 29.5p). There were a number of factors 
which impacted earnings in 2017. 

Howdens reports results based on a weekly cycle, 
rather than on a monthly basis, which means that 
for most years the company reports 52 weeks of 
trading. However in 2017, we reported 53 weeks 
of trading, including the week between Christmas 
and New Year, which increased operating costs 
by approximately £8m, but did not contribute 
to revenue. 

In addition, we incurred expected additional 
expenses in 2017 due to new product introductions 
and new services, our new distribution centre 
at Raunds, additional depreciation due to our 
investment programme, and pension costs. We also 
had additional costs due to inflationary pressures.

In line with our stated dividend policy, which is 
set out in detail in the Review of Finance and 
Operations on page 22, the Board is recommending 
a final dividend of 7.5p, resulting in a dividend for 
the full year 2017 of 11.1p, an increase of 3.7% on 
the prior year (2016: 10.7p). The increase reflects 
the Board’s confidence in the prospects for the 
business and takes account of the factors which 
impacted the earnings per share performance 
in 2017.

In February 2017 we announced a two year £80m 
share buyback programme, of which £48m was 
completed during the year. We expect to complete 
the remainder of the buyback programme during 
2018. Together with £68m in dividend payments, 
Howdens returned £116m to shareholders in 
the year.

As a Board, we are mindful of the changing 
economic landscape and a change in tone in many 
areas of the UK consumer market. We do have 
cash surplus above and beyond our requirements 
for working capital and the final dividend for 2018, 
and will implement a further share repurchase 
programme of £60m to be completed during the 
next two years.

GOVERNANCE
Howdens aims to have a clear governance 
framework and to operate with integrity in all we 
do. It is vital to maintain the trust of investors, 
customers, our colleagues and other stakeholders 
in an environment where expectations, as well 
as regulations, continue to evolve. Our corporate 
governance framework and the work of the Board 
during 2017 may be found in our Corporate 
Governance Report starting on page 51. Also 
detailed in the Governance section is information 
such as company’s gender balance (page 67) and 
Directors’ remuneration arrangements (starting 
page 72). 

The Board meetings conducted in 2017 were 
structured to address the Board’s collective 
responsibilities in relation to strategy, performance 
and governance. While we have a well-established 
business model and a clear UK strategy, it is 
important the constituent parts of the strategy 
were evaluated and tested at each Board meeting, 
with particular emphasis on the first principles and 
individual tenets of the model. Given the strength of 
Howdens’ culture, these discussions were informed 
by an understanding of the ethos and values of 
the business.

MARKET ENVIRONMENT
Howdens has a strong track record of dealing with 
change and facing the challenges of the evolving 
marketplace. The Board is mindful of the challenges 
that lie ahead and we continue to evaluate the 
potential risks that could impact the Group. We 
address these matters in more detail on pages 28 to 
32. In particular, as in 2017, we monitor our market 
situation closely, in order to ensure timely responses 
to changing conditions.

SUSTAINABILITY
Our aim is to be worthwhile for all, which shapes 
our engagement with a wide range of stakeholders, 
including our customers, colleagues and local 
communities. Howdens increasingly looks to 
promote sustainability which we believe has positive 
benefits in the areas of safety, energy efficiency 
and environmental awareness, and recognises 
the importance of training, development and 
opportunities for young people. More detail can be 
seen in our Sustainability Report which begins on 
page 35.

Howdens is based on each depot having a local 
presence and our people embody the idea of local 
service, both for our customers and for the wider 
community. In 2017, the Group donated around 
£2.5m to good causes.

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report10

11

A tribute to Matthew

Matthew Ingle founded 
Howdens in 1995 with just  
14 depots. Under his 
leadership and guidance, 
the company has grown to 
become the leading provider 
of kitchens in the UK.

Fitting a kitchen is complicated – no two are the same. The design 
has to be great, and the fitting may involve joinery, plumbing, 
electrical and decorative skills. Even for multi-skilled professional 
builders that can be a challenge. To increase the pressure still 
further, the consumer needs their kitchen back in action as rapidly 
as possible. A day lost (for example because a critical part is 
missing) is another day of chaos in the house.

It was Matthew who had the vision to build a business which would 
support the builder to deliver this complex task. He took his idea to 
Derek Hunt at MFI, who agreed to back it. Howdens began trading 
as a division of MFI with just 40 people, 14 depots and seven 
kitchen ranges. Revenue in that first year was barely £1m, whilst 
now the company turns over £5 million every working day with over 
660 depots and a talented workforce of 9,000 nationwide. 

From the start, Matthew laid out a clear purpose for the business, 
which has changed little over the years. He believed that for a 
business to be worthwhile, it had to be worthwhile for all concerned 
– and testament to that strong foundation is the fact that Howdens 
today has amongst the most loyal customers, colleagues and 
suppliers of any business, anywhere. Matthew has always set the 
highest standards and is passionate about the integrity of the 
business and its people. So while our kitchens change with the 
times, the company’s values have remained constant.

Howdens grew strongly in its early years, but the decline of the 
wider MFI business, coupled with the impact of the financial crisis, 
left Matthew and his executive team to deal with legacy costs and 
a share price which sank to 11 pence. It is to Matthew’s and his 
team’s great credit that they kept Howdens moving forwards whilst 
also sorting out the mess.

Since those traumatic times, Howdens has gone from strength 
to strength and today, Matthew leaves the company in a robust 
position, financially and operationally, and with great prospects. 

Matthew will retire from the company on 31 July 2018 and I am 
delighted that he will continue to be in touch with Howdens in the 
role of Lifetime President. On behalf the Board, colleagues past and 
present, and our shareholders, I thank him for his pioneering spirit 
and outstanding leadership, and for creating the strong, vibrant and 
growing company that he leaves behind. We all wish him the best 
for the future.

Richard Pennycook  
Chairman

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report12

13

Our Culture and Purpose

We don’t get paid 
until a job is complete 
and satisfactory and 
that means it looks 
good, is available locally 
when required, meets 
standards, is easy to 
fit and doesn’t break

Creating the 
conditions that allow 
everyone to succeed

Worthwhile for all 
concerned

No room
for fairy 
stories

It's about fitting into 
builders' society and 
not letting them down

We have to be very important 
to our suppliers, so we can offer 
best prices and quality and 
always have stock available locally

That means 
having motivated, 
well paid staff 

To achieve this we have to build strong and enduring 
relationships with our suppliers, and to work closely 
with them so we can offer best prices and quality 
and always have stock available. It means having 
great suppliers who share our philosophy.

It also means having extremely motivated and  
well-paid staff. This is an entrepreneurial, manager-
driven business with low central overheads. 
Tradespeople are entrepreneurs. They are not 
interested in, and don’t benefit from, a big central 
office. Howdens does not offer a huge corporate 
hierarchy... rather, an extremely satisfying,  
well-paid job for committed individuals.

Howdens has grown from nothing... no name, 
no product, no building, no staff, to more than 
660 depots, 460,000 accounts and 9,000 staff, 
in 22 years. A winning formula that everyone 
connected with can call their own, and a 
philosophy that can grow.

Matthew Ingle

OUR CULTURE AND PURPOSE
Howdens is founded on the principle that its 
business should be worthwhile for all concerned – 
customers, prospective customers, homeowners, 
tenants, local communities, our suppliers, our staff 
and their families and our investors.

This founding principle has shaped our business 
model and our strategic decisions. Things like 
local profit-sharing and incentivisation for our 
staff, as well as the fundamentals of the trade 
relationship and trade terms that allow the builder 
to run a business and make a living. Creating the 
conditions that allow everyone to succeed.

Since 1995, we have grown in a balanced way, 
investing in sensible things and being prepared for 
all market conditions. Underlying our success has 
been a lowest-cost and flexible approach to our 
production, a low break-even point for our depots 
and an entrepreneurial spirit.

Howdens solves problems for small builders doing 
joinery work... it’s about fitting into their society and 
not letting them down... associating with people who 
run their own business... it means a lot. Builders 
don’t get paid until a job is complete and satisfactory 
and that means it looks good, is available locally 
when required, meets standards, is easy to fit and 
doesn’t break.

We offer builders trade accounts which give them 
up to eight weeks before they need to pay us, we 
give them a confidential discount, swap items on 
the spot, provide a welcoming trade environment, 
exclude retail, and retain staff. Customers always 
see the same faces. It’s about trust: there’s no room 
for fairy stories. We do what we say.

To supply from local stock nationwide...

...the small builder’s ever-changing, routine, integrated kitchen and joinery requirements...

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report14

15

Our Market 

Increasingly, we 
live in the kitchen 

All kinds of 
kitchens

All sorts
of uses

All types
of budget

Home is the centre 
of our lives, and the 
kitchen is the heart 
of the home 

The kitchen is much more 
than a functional triangle of 
food preparation 

A constantly
sophisticating
and complexing
market 

New technology means more 
choice and better finishes at 
entry-level prices

If today's kitchens are 
to meet expectations 
and standards, they 
must be installed 
by professionals

Recent technological advances have transformed 
the functionality and appearance of kitchens. 
The market demands, and we can offer, more 
functionality, more choice and more sophisticated-
looking finishes at entry-level prices. It also means 
we have the ability to plan and sell kitchens that suit 
the requirements of a wide range of end-users, each 
of whom has a different, individual home. 

The growth in complexity of the kitchen means 
that builders want sound advice to meet increased 
customer expectations. This is why we ensure 
that our depot staff are trained to the highest 
standards. As kitchens become more complex, 
we are increasing our investment in people with 
specific skills, such as designers, salespeople 
and managers, as well as on developing the next 
generation of skills through apprenticeships.

We continue to investigate the opportunities for 
Howdens in Europe. At the end of 2017, we had 
24 depots outside the UK: twenty in France, two 
in Belgium, one in the Netherlands and one in 
Germany. We continue to learn from our operations 
in mainland Europe and we intend to thoroughly 
understand these markets before any decision is 
made to expand in them. 

OUR MARKET
There are approximately 27 million homes in the UK, 
of which around 17 million are owned and 10 million 
are rented. 

Howdens designs, manufactures, sources and 
supplies kitchens for a wide range of end-uses, 
including for private rentals and social housing as 
well as for all kinds of owner-occupied homes. In 
2017, Howdens sold over 4 million kitchen cabinets, 
along with 900,000 kitchen appliances, 650,000 
sinks and taps, over 2 million internal doors and over 
2.5 million square metres of flooring. 

Every home has a kitchen and this is the centre 
of the home. As our way of life and expectations 
change, so does the kitchen, which is becoming 
more complex and has greater functionality. As a 
result, the types of kitchens demanded by today’s 
lifestyle mean that DIY is a not a reasonable option 
for most people. The level of skill required to fit 
today’s kitchens, due to the types of cabinets, 
finishes, appliances and interior work within the 
cabinet, is beyond many of us, and we simply don’t 
have the time to do the work involved. 

We believe that it is no longer possible to have a 
kitchen that both looks good and works properly 
without the help of skilled fitters. This is why we only 
sell to builders. The Howdens model is designed 
specifically to meet their needs. We discuss it in 
detail on the following pages. 

Expectations about what the kitchen can do, and 
what we can do in it, have changed significantly 
in the last few years. The pace of change has 
accelerated with the development of the internet 
and social media. But while we all have access to 
information about new ideas and innovative designs, 
we have less time in which to make decisions about 
increasingly complex kitchens. 

...assuring best local price, no-call-back quality and confidential trade terms...

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report16

17

Our Business Model 

660 local 
depots

Trade only

From 
local 
stock

We make our 
own cabinets

The depot manager 
is in charge

We make what it makes
sense to make, and 
we buy what it makes 
sense to buy

We can collect
payment because 
Howdens is always in 
stock

No 
waste

Yorkshire

Cheshire

4m 
cabinets

Accurate, timely distribution 
attuned to the different 
needs of 660 depots

we have invested

£160

over three years in efficiency, 
capacity and stock availability

million

OUR BUSINESS MODEL
Howdens is a trade-only business, selling kitchens 
and joinery to local builders and trade professionals 
from our 660 local depots. Each local depot 
operates on an in-stock basis and is normally only 
a short drive away, allowing the builder to plan and 
start a job without delays. 

A typical depot occupies around 10,000 square 
feet, is located on an industrial estate and costs a 
fraction of high street retail properties. Depots cost 
on average £450,000 to fit out and typically break 
even by year 2 at c.£700,000 sales.

We design and manufacture all our own cabinets 
(approximately 4 million per year) in our own 
factories in Yorkshire and Cheshire. Other products, 
including some cabinet doors and our own-brand 
appliances, are made to our specifications and 
bought in from suppliers with whom we have built 
long-standing relationships. We make what it makes 
sense to make, and we buy what it makes sense 
to buy.

Both of our factories only serve one customer – 
Howdens – and so their working practices and 
scheduling exactly match the requirements of 
our depots. Within our factories, the machinery 
is bespoke to us and work is done to our 
specifications. The result is an efficient system  
with no unnecessary waste, whether of time, space, 
or product. We believe that our cabinets cost much 
less than we could source externally, providing 
Howdens with a significant cost advantage.

At local level, a Howdens depot opens with a 
manager and a small number of staff. The manager 
and staff are responsible for growing their account 
base and their sales, and for managing their own 
depot margin. Profit-sharing is calculated locally, not 
centrally. Everyone is strongly incentivised to grow a 
profitable, local business.

The depot manager’s autonomy is a key element of 
Howdens’ business model. Depot managers hire 
their own staff, do their own local marketing, set 
local pricing, manage the level of discount applicable 
to their account holders and manage their own stock 
levels to suit their own local customers. This means 
our distribution operation has to be attuned to the 
different needs of 660 depots. No two deliveries are 
alike, and each one must be correct, complete and 
on time.

When a builder comes into one of our depots for the 
first time, they can open a trade account which gives 
them up to eight weeks before they need to pay us. 
This, and the fact that we are in stock locally, means 
that builders can complete the job and get payment 
from their customer before they need to pay us. In 
turn, this means that we can collect our debts from 
the builders. The total cost of our credit control 
operations, including bad debts and write-offs, is 
less than 1% of sales. 

Once the builder has had an enquiry about installing 
a new kitchen, they can ask one of our highly-trained 
designers to go to the prospective customer’s 
property. The designer will create an expert, 
accurate plan, ensuring that everything will look 
good and fit properly. This saves the builder time, 
which helps their profitability. Both builder and their 
customer can come into the local depot and see the 
kitchen displayed on a large screen via our bespoke 
computer aided display software, enabling any final 
changes to be made before signing off on the job.

The Howdens model is efficient, flexible, 
scalable and recoverable – which means that 
when something goes wrong on a project, as it 
occasionally may, our local depots are empowered 
to fix it. Our model allows us to manage complexity 
effectively by combining efficient processes with an 
understanding of the factors that make our world 
chaotic rather than orderly.

...and to provide the builder’s customer with enough choice...

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report18

19

Our Strategy 

Invest for efficiency, 
growth, service and 
disaster recovery

Simplify the management of 
complexity in order to generate 
superior, sustainable margins and  
returns for all concerned

Customer 
service

We do 
what we say

More local depots and more new 
products that meet the builder’s 
constantly evolving needs 

Helping the local builder to solve 
problems in an increasingly complex 
and interconnected world

RANGE

in stock

In complexity 
is margin, so 
we embrace 
complexity

Average depot

SPACE

10,000 sq.ft

Untapped requirements 
for our services

Maintain cash 
balances that allow 
us to meet the 
requirements of the
working capital cycle

Return surplus
cash to shareholders

OUR STRATEGY
Howdens’ strategy is focused on kitchens. Its 
successful execution depends on our ability to 
manage the complex combination of numerous skills 
and products in a simple and efficient way. This 
ability has been developed over more than 20 years.

Our strategy is to invest for future growth. In order 
to deliver the potential we see in our market and 
ensure stock availability in depots as we expand, 
we have invested £160 million over three years 
in our manufacturing and distribution to improve 
efficiency, provide for disaster recovery and increase 
capacity in anticipation of the continuing growth 
of the business. We have opened a new 650,000 
square foot national distribution centre at Raunds, 
near Northampton, replacing our old distribution 
centre on the outskirts of the town. We have also 
made significant, ongoing investments in Howdens’ 
systems infrastructure to ensure that our processes 
are robust and efficient and that we can manage the 
increasing need for connectivity across our business 
and in all our lives.

Our strategy is to expand our UK depot network. We 
believe that there is some way to go before we have 
saturated the UK market and we see significant 
opportunities to grow our business. While we take 
account of market conditions in planning our roll-
out of new depots, we continue to see untapped 
requirement by builders for a local and convenient 
service in much of the country. This need is shown 
by the fact that when we add a new depot near to 
an existing one, we see overall sales increase in the 
area within a short time. 

Our strategy is to develop our people. Howdens’ 
success is based on customer service: we do 
what we say and say what we mean. We seek to 
ensure that everyone in the business practises this 
principle, and stays focused on this and on all the 
other elements of our culture. 

Our business benefits from the investment we make 
in developing our people. When we invest in the 
right people, we can grow our own leaders. Leaders 
who already understand the strategic importance 
of the Howdens business model and culture. Our 
investment in development also gives valuable 
opportunities to our best people and helps us to 
retain them.

Our strategy is to commit to prudent financial 
management. We maintain sufficient cash balances 
to allow us to meet the requirements of the working 
capital cycle, taking into account the marked 
seasonality of the business and returning surplus 
cash to shareholders as appropriate. Our dividend 
policy is on page 24.

We continue to develop strategic options for the 
future. These options include developing new 
products that meet the builder’s constantly evolving 
needs and introducing new services for builders, 
such as solid surface installation. 

...advice and aftersales to make a home to be proud of.”

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report20

21

Chief Executive’s statement

Howdens is a highly successful trade business 
that started with just 14 depots in 1995 and 
has now grown to more than 660 depots, with 
the opportunity for even more. We are the 
leading supplier of kitchens in the UK because 
we continue to keep the builder’s needs at the 
centre of everything we do.

I am pleased to report that Howdens has seen 
another successful year, with good revenue growth, 
finishing the year with net cash of £241 million. 

We expect to introduce around 20 ranges in 
2018 and will continue to develop our products 
and services. 

LOCAL EMPOWERED STAFF
The general economic backdrop was mixed in 2017, 
but we knew we could do more to help the builder 
and help our depot managers sell more kitchens. 
Following a successful trial in one of our regions, we 
increased the autonomy of our depot managers by 
giving them additional flexibility over pricing. 

I believe that this was the key decision taken during 
the year. We know that depot managers understand 
their local builders and market better than anyone, 
and we were pleased to see positive results 
immediately following the change.

THE RIGHT PRODUCT
As well as the right price, it is important that when 
a builder shows their customer our kitchen, the 
customer is inspired by enlightened and relevant 
designs. We recognise that kitchens are an area 
in which taste and fashion are moving faster 
than before.

Technology, expectations and fashion change, but 
our depot managers should never have to worry 
about the suitability of the product they sell. 

We introduced 26 new kitchen ranges throughout 
the year, as we continue to develop the range of 
products and services we offer, in order to broaden 
the entry-level appeal of the Howdens’ proposition. 

SUPPLIERS AND SUPPLY CHAIN 
We had 100% availability of products to our depots 
during our peak trading (Period 11) in October, 
demonstrating the strength of our supply chain. 
We have our own warehouses and distribution 
operations, and our trucks only deliver our product 
to Howdens depots. During Period 11 our supply 
division made around ten thousand deliveries to our 
depots, and of the eight million items received, all 
were correctly delivered. 

Achieving this level of service demonstrates our 
shared values and positive personal relationships, 
both within Howdens and with our suppliers and I 
would like to thank our suppliers for their continued 
support of our business.

OUR INVESTMENT
In 2015, we announced that we were to undertake 
a three-year investment programme to upgrade 
our manufacturing as well as our distribution 
capabilities. This was to replace older machinery 
and warehouse capacity and give us the extra 
capability to match our growth plans for Howdens. 
I am pleased that our investment programme was 
brought in on time and on budget. 

We also continue to invest in IT and we have 
upgraded our systems to help the depots process 
orders quicker than ever before. 

The new ranges included eleven grey kitchens, as 
the trend for this colour continues, more entry-level 
products, including a new Allendale family, as well 
as an improved flat-pack offering. In addition, we 
updated our own-brand Lamona range of appliances 
and introduced a number of new joinery products. 

Our market is becoming more complex – people 
want more choice – more colours, more designs, 
at ever more affordable prices. Those who can 
manage to deal with this increasingly complex world 
will prosper, and that is why it is imperative that we 
continue to invest in the business. 

WORTHWHILE FOR ALL
The key aim of Howdens is to create a business 
that is worthwhile for all concerned – customers, 
prospective customers, homeowners, tenants, local 
communities, our suppliers, investors, staff and 
their families, and our apprentices.

I set out to make Howdens feel like home. The 
sort of business our customers’ parents used and 
were proud to buy from. I hope our children and our 
customers’ children use Howdens too and feel the 
same way.

I wish all in the company and all who work with it,  
the best for the future.

As good as it ever was.

Matthew Ingle
Chief Executive Officer

28 February 2018

SUCCESSION
When Howdens first started trading in 1995 with 
just 40 people and seven kitchen ranges, I could not 
imagine the journey we would undertake. Thanks 
to our builder customers, we grew quickly and 
weathered both the problems with MFI in 2005 and 
the financial crisis, to emerge as a business which 
has grown strongly and invested significantly in its 
long-term future.

Howdens has done well, is doing well and has great 
prospects for the future.

I decided in 2017 that I would retire from my 
role as CEO in 2018 and pass the baton on to 
Andrew Livingston (information about Andrew’s 
appointment may be found on page 7). Andrew has 
an outstanding track record at Screwfix and I look 
forward to seeing the business move to its next 
chapter under his leadership. I am also pleased I will 
continue to be in touch with Howdens in my role as 
Lifetime President.

We have the financial and operational capabilities 
to make our own future. I believe the business has 
the resources it needs to move to a new chapter in 
its development, and there are exciting choices for 
Andrew and the new generation of leaders to make.

MARKET CONDITIONS
After a turbulent 2016, which saw an increase in UK 
Stamp Duty on second homes and buy-to-let house 
purchases, as well as rapid shifts in both foreign 
exchange and in consumer confidence, 2017 was a 
more stable year in our markets - albeit one in which 
we saw a stable, if muted economic environment. 

As I noted above, we responded to this environment 
by increasing price flexibility for our depot managers 
and by introducing many new products into the 
market. Importantly, we did not implement our usual 
annual price increase at the start of 2018, which will 
give us flexibility on pricing during 2018. 

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report22

23

KPIs and
Review of Finance and Operations

FINANCIAL KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS
We measure the Group’s performance and progress 
Cash
against four financial key performance indicators.
We are committed to generating cash flow 
performance through the operating cycle. Our 
aim is to retain at least one year’s requirement 
for working capital after capital expenditure and 
after paying a dividend in line with our stated 
dividend policy, which is outlined in more detail on 
page 24. We ended 2017 with £241m of cash and 
cash equivalents, in line with this KPI. This KPI is 
a direct driver of Executive Committee and senior 
management bonuses.

Total sales growth
Growth in sales of the UK Howden Joinery depots is 
key to enhancing shareholder value. We believe that 
there remain considerable opportunities to grow 
sales. In addition, we believe there are economies 
of scale in the business which will allow us to grow 
long-term profitability as we grow sales. We saw total 
UK sales of £1,372m in 2017, representing a growth 
of 7.1% compared to 2016. Depot staff bonuses are 
linked to this target at an individual depot level.

Profit before tax
We target profit before tax as it captures how much 
profit we have generated after taking account of 
major expenditure items such as costs of sales, 
selling and distribution costs, administrative 
expenses and finance costs. Profits before tax went 
from £237.0m in 2016 to £232.2m in 2017, due to 
a range of factors as detailed on the opposite page. 
This KPI is a direct driver of Executive Committee 
and senior management bonuses.

Depot openings
Our business model is based on individual depots 
providing kitchens to small builders in their local 
community. We believe that there is some way to 
go before the UK market is saturated and therefore 
the continuing drive to open new depots in new 
localities is a key driver to the Group’s prospects. 
We opened 19 new UK depots in 2017 and 
continue take account of economic conditions in 
order to phase our growth taking account of the 
economic environment.

NON-FINANCIAL KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

Our non-financial key performance  
indicators are concerned with:

•  Health & Safety;

•  use of FSC® certified materials in our 

manufacturing processes;

•  production waste recycling; and

•  recycled packaging

and these are discussed in our Sustainability  
Report which starts on page 35.

£1,372m
UK depot sales
2016: £1,282m

£241m

Closing net cash
2016: £227m

£232m
Profit before tax
2016: £237m

19

New UK depots

FINANCIAL REVIEW
Financial results for 2017
The information presented here relates to the  
53 weeks to 30 December 2017 and the 52 weeks 
to 24 December 2016, unless otherwise stated. 

For 2017, Howdens reports 53 weeks of trading, 
including the week between Christmas and New 
Year, when depots are closed while incurring 
ongoing costs. The inclusion of a 53rd week in 2017 
increased operating costs by approximately £8.0m, 
but did not contribute to revenue. 

Total Group revenue increased by £96.5m to 
£1,403.8m. Howden Joinery UK depot revenue 
rose by 7.1% to £1,372.0m (2016: £1,281.7m). UK 
revenue increased by 5.2% on a same depot basis 
to £1,340.6m in 2017 (2016: £1,274.6m), resulting 
from additional revenue from depots opened in 
2016 and 2017 of £31.4m in 2017 (2016: £7.0m). 

As a result, our operating profit declined slightly to 
£234.4m (2016: £237.2m).

The net interest charge was £2.2m (2016: £0.2m), 
reflecting a £2.4m finance expense in respect 
of pensions. Profit before tax was £232.2m 
(2016: £237.0m). 

Revenue £m

Group

comprising:

2017

2016

1,403.8 1,307.3

The tax charge on profit before tax was £47.2m 
(2016: £51.4m), representing an effective rate of 
tax of 20.3% (2016: 21.7%). The change in 2017 is 
mainly due to a reduction in the statutory tax rate.

Howden Joinery UK depots

1,372.0 1,281.7

Howden Joinery continental 
Europe depots

31.8

25.6

Reflecting the above and the reduced share count 
following share repurchases, basic earnings per 
share were 29.9p (2016: 29.5p).

Revenue growth in the UK reflected the growth 
in maturing and new depots, in addition to sales 
growth from mature depots. We saw weakness 
in the London area being offset by stronger 
performance elsewhere during the first half of 2017, 
while we saw stronger revenue growth in all areas 
during the second half of the year, in part reflecting 
the weaker comparatives from a period of slower 
trading that was seen in the second half of 2016.

Sales in continental Europe rose by £6.2m to 
£31.8m, reflecting same depot growth, the benefits 
of foreign exchange and the contribution of the new 
outlets opened during 2015 and 2016. In Euros, 
sales of the French depots increased 11.1% and by 
6.4% on a same depot basis.

Gross profit increased by £48.5m to £888.4m.  
The gross profit margin for the year was 63.3% 
(2016: 64.2%) and reflected the impact of our 
sales initiatives, inflationary pressures and the 
impact of adverse currency movements (one third 
of our cost of goods sold being denominated in 
Euros or US dollars). 

Selling and distribution costs and administrative 
expenses were £654.0m (2016: £602.7m). As 
expected, costs increased due to new product 
introductions and new services, our new distribution 
centre at Raunds, additional depreciation due to our 
investment programme, pension costs, and extra 
operating costs due to a 53rd week of trading. We 
also saw the impact of inflation in our cost base.

At 30 December 2017, the pension deficit shown 
on the balance sheet was £109.3m (24 December 
2016: £106.0m). The increase in the deficit was due 
to higher liabilities arising primarily from a decrease 
in the discount rate of £79.0m, partly offset by both 
the Group’s £41.4m contribution to fund the deficit 
and by positive asset returns. 

In July 2015, we announced that agreement had 
been reached with the Trustees in relation to the 
schedule of payments towards the funding of the 
Group’s defined benefit pension scheme’s deficit 
from April 2015. It was agreed that the Group would 
continue to make deficit contributions equivalent 
to £35m per annum until 30 June 2017. It was also 
agreed that the Group would make an ‘interim’ 
payment of £25m over the period July 2017 to June 
2018, which resulted in a total deficit contribution 
of £30m in the 2017 financial year.

The last completed triennial actuarial review of the 
defined benefit pension scheme was carried out as 
at April 2014 and the valuation as at April 2017 is in 
progress and expected to complete in 2018.

As part of the £80m share repurchase programme 
announced in February 2017, the Group acquired 
11.2m shares, to 30 December 2017, for a 
consideration of £48m.

There was a net cash inflow from operating 
activities of £176.7m (2016: £207.2m), after the 
cash contribution to the Group’s defined benefit 
pension scheme.

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report24

25

Review of finance and operations continued

Working capital increased by £26.9m, mainly due 
to an increase in stock following the increased roll 
out of new ranges in 2017. In addition, net tax paid 
totalled £41.8m (2016: £28.8m). 

Payments to acquire fixed assets totalled £48.5m 
(2016: £63.5m). Fixed asset spending was less 
than anticipated during 2017 due to the timing of 
some projects (which will now be undertaken in 
early 2018) and fewer than expected depot rollouts. 

Reflecting the above, together with dividend 
payments referred to below, there was a net cash 
inflow of £14.5m in 2017, the Group having net cash 
of £241.1m at the end of the year (24 December 
2016: £226.6m net cash). 

Dividend and return of surplus cash  
to shareholders
The Group’s dividend policy is to target a dividend 
cover of between 2.5x and 3.0x, with one third of the 
previous year’s dividend being paid as an interim 
dividend each year.

Given the operational performance of the business 
in 2017 and taking account of the additional costs 
due to the 53rd week, the Board has recommended 
to shareholders a final dividend of 7.5p (2016: 7.4p), 
giving a total dividend for the year of 11.1p (2016: 
10.7p), an increase of 3.7%, equating to a dividend 
cover of 2.7x. 

The final dividend payment of 7.5p per share will, if 
approved by shareholders, be paid on 22 June 2018 
to shareholders on the register at close of business 
on 25 May 2018.

32

1,372

26

1,282

‘16

‘17

98%
2%

Revenue £m
   Howden Joinery UK depots

 Howden Joinery continental Europe depots 

As previously stated, the Board intends to target a 
capital structure that is both prudent and recognises 
the benefits of operational and financial leverage, 
and that, after considering our capital requirements, 
will return surplus cash to shareholders as 
appropriate. The Group has significant property 
leases for the depot network and continues to have  
a material deficit in the Group pension fund. Taking 
into account this underlying level of gearing, the 
Board believes it is appropriate for the Group to be 
able to operate through the annual working capital 
cycle without incurring bank debt.

The Board has reviewed the cash balances in light 
of the Group’s future investment opportunities, 
expected peak working capital requirements, trading 
outlook and increased dividend payment. As a result, 
it has decided to complete the remaining £32m of 
the £80m share buyback programme announced 
in February 2017 and to implement a further share 
buyback programme of £60m to be completed 
during the next two years.

Shares that were bought in the market by our brokers 
during 2017 were cancelled.

OPERATIONAL REVIEW
The business model of Howden Joinery is: “To supply 
from local stock nationwide the small builder’s ever-
changing, routine, integrated kitchen and joinery 
requirements, assuring best local price, no-call-back 
quality and confidential trade terms… and to provide 
the builder’s customer with enough choice, advice 
and aftersales to make a home to be proud of”.

We continue to invest in all aspects of the growth and 
performance of the business, including new depots 
and depot operations, new and existing employees, 
product development, and manufacturing and 
distribution. We continue to see the opportunity to 
increase the scale of the business and see scope for 
up to 800 depots in the UK. 

UK depot network and operations

During 2017, 19 new depots were opened, bringing 
the total number of depots trading at the end of the 
year to 661. In addition, eight depots were relocated 
and 14 were extended. A number of other depots 
are at various stages of the acquisition/shopfitting 
process and we expect to open up to 30 new depots 
in total during 2018. 

Our account base was flat on the year, standing at 
approximately 464,000 at year end, while revenue 
per account grew. Our debt collection performance 
continues to be robust.

Product and marketing
We continue to enhance our product offering and 
introduced 26 new kitchen ranges during 2017. 
These included 11 new grey kitchens (across 
four different shades of grey) as the trend for this 
colourway continues. We have 56 current ranges  
on offer in our depots at the end of February 2018.

New product developments and launches in 2017 
included:

•  Clerkenwell ranges in gloss and matt colourways;

•  a new Allendale family, a lower priced 

alternative to the successful Fairford (textured 
shaker) collection;

•  an enhanced rigid cabinet platform and Technik 

(flat pack) offering;

•  an updated design of our Lamona appliance range;

•  a continued roll-out of quartz worktops;

•  an extended collection of pre-finished doors;

• 

improved quick fit hardware; 

•  new vinyl flooring products; and

•  filing 8 new patent applications.

We expect to bring 19 new ranges during 2018, 
including five new kitchen families across various 
price points, finishes and colours, as well as a new 
grey oak cabinet to complement these new ranges.

Manufacturing and logistics 
operations 
Our UK-based manufacturing and logistics 
operations are vital in enabling us to supply our 
small builder customers from local stock nationwide 
at all times. This requires us to have the scale, 
space and flexibility to respond to each depot’s 
individual needs, especially during our critical 
‘Period 11’, when sales are more than double the 
level in other periods.

During 2017 a number of the investment projects 
progressed as follows.

Manufacturing operations
At our Howden site, our new cabinet production 
facility and assembly lines were fully installed and 
commissioned, as was our new cabinet component 
line at Runcorn. We expect to complete the 
production ramp-up at both sites during 2018.

Logistics
A 650,000 sq ft warehouse near Raunds, which 
is to the east of our current national distribution 
centre in Northampton, was handed over to us 
in 2016. During 2017, we completed IT systems 

integration and undertook tests to distribute 
product from Raunds to a number of depots.  
The facility is currently being used for bulk storage 
and was utilised during Period 11 in 2017. 

We expect to migrate the majority of distribution 
capabilities to this site during 2018 and will use our 
previous distribution facility at Northampton for bulk 
storage once the transfer has been completed.

We have received full planning permission for 
a further two distribution facilities at Raunds 
totaling 950,000 sq ft, which we expect to become 
operational during 2020. This will enable us to 
exit the current national distribution centre at 
Northampton during 2020/2021, while providing 
Howdens with a strategic replacement asset. We do 
not expect to incur any capital expenditure on the 
new facilities until 2019.

Information systems
We have continued to enhance our deployment 
of our SAP strategy and have upgraded our core 
system to run on the latest SAP Hana technology.

Continental Europe
We have 20 depots in France, one in each of 
Germany and The Netherlands, and two in Belgium. 
Revenue growth in France increased by 6.4% in 
Euros on a same depot basis and our nascent 
operations in the other regions are enabling us to 
gain a greater understanding of each local market.

CEO retirement and succession
On 7 July 2017, it was announced that Howdens’ 
founder and CEO, Matthew Ingle, had decided to 
retire in the first half of 2018 after 23 years with 
the Group, to be succeeded by Andrew Livingston, 
previously CEO of Screwfix Direct Ltd, a division of 
Kingfisher Plc. Andrew Livingston joined Howdens as 
CEO Designate on 29 January 2018. 

Following a successful transition period, the Board 
has agreed that Andrew Livingston will become 
CEO on 2 April 2018. At that date, Andrew will be 
appointed director of Howden Joinery Group Plc and 
Matthew Ingle will retire from the Board. Matthew 
will remain involved with the business until his 
retirement on 1 August 2018, and beyond in his role 
as Honorary Lifetime President. 

Andrew Livingston is also an independent Non-
Executive Director at LondonMetric Property Plc. 

Save as noted, there are no disclosures to be made 
pursuant to Listing Rule 9.6.13 R.

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report  
26

27

Review of finance and operations continued

CURRENT TRADING AND  
OUTLOOK FOR 2018
Current trading
Howden Joinery UK depots have seen a continuing 
good sales performance in the first two periods of 
our new financial year (to 24 February). 

Given the material timing impact of the 53rd week 
in the 2017 financial year on this reporting period, 
the pattern of trading year-on-year is not directly 
comparable, as there is an extra week of trading in 
the first period of 2018. 

Howden Joinery UK depot sales in the first two 
periods of 2018 increased by 12.5% on the same 
period last year, excluding the first two weeks of 
trading. The average annual revenue growth for the 
same period of trading from 2016 to 2018 was 7.9%.

This sales growth has been driven by an increase in 
volumes, as we did not implement an annual price 
increase at the start of 2018, and by the weaker 
comparative from the prior year period. 

Outlook
The Group believes that the number of depots in  
the UK can be increased from the 661 operating 
at the end of 2017 to up to 800 depots. During the 
course of 2018, we plan to open around 30 depots 
in the UK, one already having been opened. 

We expect inflationary pressures on the costs of 
goods sold. 

In addition to ongoing operational costs including 
inflationary pressures, we expect further operating 
costs of around £20m from continued investments in 
areas across the business including digital upgrades, 
the effects of moving from our older distribution 
centre to Raunds and additional depreciation.

We note that we had fewer depot openings in 2017 
compared to 2016, which reduced costs year-on-
year. We expect the costs of new depots in 2018 to 
increase compared to 2017.

We manufacture in the UK around one third of 
the products that we sell, primarily cabinets and 
worktops, and provide warehousing and delivery 
to our depots of manufactured and bought-in 
products. Investment in the resilience and capacity 
of manufacturing and warehousing, new depots 
and digital upgrades, plus some expenditure initially 
planned for 2017, will result in expected capital 
expenditure of around £60m in 2018. 

We believe that current market conditions 
are stable although we remain watchful given 
economic uncertainties.

USE AND MANAGEMENT OF 
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, AND 
EXPOSURE TO FINANCIAL RISK

The Group holds financial instruments for one 
principal purpose: to finance its operations. The 
Group does not currently use derivative financial 
instruments to reduce its exposure to interest or 
exchange rate movements. The Group finances its 
operations by using cash flows from operations, 
and it has access to an asset-backed loan facility if 
additional financing is required. Treasury operations 
are managed within policies and procedures 
approved by the Board. The main potential risks 
arising from the Group’s financial instruments are 
foreign currency risk, counterparty risk, funding 
and liquidity risk and interest rate risk, which are 
discussed below. 

No speculative use of derivatives, currency or  
other instruments is permitted. The Treasury 
function does not operate as a profit centre and 
transacts only in relation to the underlying  
business requirements.

Principal exchange rates  
versus UK pound (£)

United States dollar (US$)

Euro (€)

2017  
Average

2017  
Year-end

2016  
Average

2016  
Year-end

1.29

1.14

1.34

1.13

1.35

1.22

1.23

1.18

Foreign currency risk
The most significant currencies for the Group are 
the US dollar and the Euro. It is the Group’s current 
policy that routine transactional conversion between 
currencies is completed at the relevant spot exchange 
rate. This policy is reviewed on a regular basis.

The net adverse impact of exchange rates on 
currency transactions in the year was £11.3m, with 
a further £4m of additional indirect currency-related 
costs. The principal exchange rates affecting the 
profits of the Group are set out in the table above.

Counterparty risk
Group Treasury policy on investment restricts 
counterparties to those with a short-term credit 
rating at least equivalent to Standard and Poor’s 
A-1 or Moody’s P-1. It also places limits on the 
maximum amount which can be invested with a 
single counterparty. Investments mainly consist of 
bank deposits, UK Treasury bills and liquidity funds. 
The Group continuously reviews the credit quality of 
counterparties, the limits placed on individual credit 
exposures and categories of investments. 

Funding and liquidity
The Group’s objective with respect to managing 
capital is to maintain a balance sheet structure  
that is both efficient in terms of providing long- 
term returns to shareholders and safeguards the 
Group’s ability to continue as a going concern.  
As appropriate, the Group can choose to adjust its 
capital structure by varying the amount of dividends 
paid to shareholders, the returns of capital to 
shareholders, the level of capital expenditure,  
or by issuing new shares.

The Group has a committed, asset-backed, bank 
facility which allows borrowing of up to a maximum 
of £140m, dependent on the actual levels of stock 
and trade debtors held at any time. The facility was 
not used at any point during 2017 and is due to 
expire in July 2019. 

The Group’s committed borrowing facility contains 
certain financial covenants which have been met 
throughout 2017. The covenants are tested every 
four weeks and are based around: (i) fixed charges; 
(ii) tangible net worth; and (iii) earnings before 
interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation  
(EBITDA) for Howden Joinery Limited.

In addition, our pension trustees, who carry a charge 
over the share capital of Howden Joinery Limited, 
have a separate covenant test around the EBITDA 
of Howden Joinery Limited. 

The Group’s latest forecasts and projections have 
been stress-tested for reasonably possible adverse 
variations in trading performance and show that the 
Group will operate within the terms of its borrowing 
facility and covenants for the foreseeable future. 

At the 2017 year end, the Group had £186m of 
cash, £55m of short-term investments, and £138m 
of funds available to borrow under the committed 
borrowing facility.

Interest rate risk
The Group has not had any borrowings during  
2017 and does not consider interest rate risk to 
be significant at present.

NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
None of the new accounting standards that came 
into effect during 2017 had a material implication for 
the Group.

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT
Certain statements in this Annual Report are 
forward-looking. Although the Group believes 
that the expectations reflected in these forward-
looking statements are reasonable, we can give 
no assurance that these expectations will prove 
to have been correct. Because these statements 
contain risks and uncertainties, actual results may 
differ materially from those expressed or implied by 
these forward-looking statements. We undertake no 
obligation to update any forward-looking statements 
whether as a result of new information, future events 
or otherwise.

By order of the Board

Mark Robson
Deputy Chief Executive  
and Chief Financial Officer

28 February 2018

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report28

29

Principal risks and uncertainties

Our approach to risk is adaptive. We aim to 
protect what we have while responding to 
opportunities to grow and create value.

OUR APPROACH TO RISK
When we look at risks, we specifically consider the 
effects they could have on our business model, our 
culture and our long-term strategic objectives. These 
are set out on pages 12 to 19, and we encourage 
you to refer to them as you read this section.

We consider both short and long-term risks within 
a timeframe of up to three years, and we consider 
financial risks as well as environmental, social and 
governance risks. 

RISK APPETITE
“Risk appetite” describes the amount of risk we are 
willing to tolerate, accept or seek. Our risk appetite 
is determined by the nature of the risk and how that 
risk could affect us. 

We have a higher appetite for risks that present  
us with a clear opportunity for reward, and  
we actively seek out those that provide the  
greatest opportunities. 

We have some appetite for risks with a possible 
opportunity for reward. With these risks, we 
carefully balance our mitigation efforts with our 
view of the possible rewards. 

We have a very low appetite or tolerance for risks 
that only have negative consequences, particularly 
when they could adversely impact health & safety, 
our values, culture or business model. We aim to 
eliminate these risks with our mitigation efforts. 

RISK MANAGEMENT PROCESS
The main steps in the process are illustrated in the diagram below, and described on the following page:

RISK MANAGEMENT PROCESS (CONTINUED)
•  Divisional Management formally review their 
risks on a quarterly basis, to arrive at their 
Divisional Risk Register. They consider the 
inherent impact each risk they are managing 
could have on the division if not controlled, as 
well as the mitigating controls in place. They then 
arrive at an assessment of the residual likelihood 
and impact of that risk to the division. They do this 
on both a top-down and a bottom-up basis.

  Risks with a residual risk level above our appetite 
are then consolidated into the Group Key Risk 
Register, together with selected risks which have 
a high inherent level but which are managed to 
within a tolerable residual level. The Group Key 
Risk Register gives an overview of these main 
risks and how they are being managed.

•  The Executive Committee then review the 

Group Key Risk Register to assess any changes 
to the Divisional risk profiles. They also identify 
the risks that they are managing at a Group level. 
They then determine risk appetites and future 
mitigation plans for the Board to review.

•  The Board challenge and agree the Group key 
risks, appetites and mitigation strategies twice 
yearly and use this information to determine the 
Group’s principal risks. 

•  The Group Risk Department facilitates the 

identification and evaluation of risks, providing 
independent appraisal and guidance across 
the Group. 

These principal risks are also taken into account  
in the Board’s consideration of Long-Term Viability, 
as described in the Group Viability Statement on 
page 35.

RISK DEPARTMENT: FACILITATE IDENTIFICATION & EVALUATION OF RISK

RISK HEAT MAP 
To help visualise our principal risks, we have plotted them on the heat map below. The individual risks are 
described in more detail on the following pages.

Divisional Management

Executive Committee

Board

Top-down 
risk assessment

Assess  
risk profile 
Identify Group risks

Challenge risks, 
agree appetite & 
mitigation plans

DIVISIONAL 
RISK REGISTERS

GROUP KEY RISK REGISTER

Bottom-up 
risk assessment

Determine  
risk appetite 
& mitigation plans

DETERMINE 
PRINCIPAL RISKS

RISK DEPARTMENT: PROVIDE INDEPENDENT APPRAISAL & GUIDANCE

1  

2  

 Failure to maximise 
 growth potential

 Deterioration of business 
model and culture

3   Changes in market conditions

4  

 Interruption to continuity  
of supply

5   Loss of key personnel

6   Health and Safety

7   Cyber security incident

8   Product design relevance

9  

 Credit control failure

t
c
a
p
m

I

9

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

Likelihood

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report30

31

Principal risks and uncertainties continued

The arrows alongside each risk show the year on year change

FAILURE TO MAXIMISE THE GROWTH POTENTIAL OF THE BUSINESS

Risk and impact 

Mitigating factors 

•  We see a significant potential for growth. This brings both 

•  The opportunities and challenges related to growth are a  

opportunities and challenges. 

•  If we don’t recognise, understand and exploit our growth 

opportunities in line with our business model and risk appetite, 
or if we don’t align current structures and skills to meet the 
challenges of growth, we won’t get maximum benefit from our 
growth potential.

major area of focus throughout the business, and at all levels  
of the business. 

•  We continue to invest in our people, our service and systems, 
and our manufacturing and distribution capabilities to equip 
them for growth. 

•  Growth activities are reviewed in the light of our business  

model and risk framework.

INTERRUPTION TO CONTINUITY OF SUPPLY

Risk and impact 

Mitigating factors 

•  Howdens is an in-stock business. Our business model  
requires depots to be able to supply at once from local 
stock. Our customers expect this, and rely on it.

•  We build strong relationships with our suppliers, focused on 
integrity, fairness and respect, and which are worthwhile for 
all concerned. 

•  Any disruption to our relationship with key suppliers or 

•  Where appropriate we enter into long-term contracts to  

interruption to manufacturing and distribution operations 
could affect our ability to deliver our in-stock business model 
and to service our customer’s needs. If this happened, we 
could lose customers and sales.

secure supply of key products, services and raw materials. 

•  Wherever possible we have multiple-sourcing strategies for  
our key products, to reduce the effect of a supply failure. 

•  In 2017 our assessment of this risk has increased, due to 

the dispruption in the marketplace as a result of uncertainty 
caused by Brexit.

•  We have invested heavily in our manufacturing operations  

and this investment gives us an enhanced disaster  
recovery capability. 

•  We are also investing in new warehouse space to support  
our distribution capabilities and equip them for growth. 

DETERIORATION OF BUSINESS MODEL AND CULTURE

Risk and impact 

Mitigating factors 

LOSS OF KEY PERSONNEL

•  Our future success depends on continuing to successfully 

implement our unique business model and our locally-enabled, 
entrepreneurial culture (see pages 12 to 13 and 16 to 17). 

•  If we lose sight of our model and culture we will not successfully 
service the needs of the local small builder and their customers, 
and our long-term profitability may suffer.

•  Our values, business model and culture are at the centre of  
our activities and decision-making processes, and they are  
led by the actions of the Board, Executive Committee and  
senior management. 

•  The Board and Executive Committee regularly visit our  

depots and factories, our logistics and support locations  
and hold events to reinforce the importance of our values, 
model and culture.

Risk and impact 

Mitigating factors 

•  The skills, experience and performance of key members of our 
management team make a major contribution to the success 
of the business. 

•  We use the Remuneration Committee to ensure that key team 

members are appropriately compensated for their contributions 
and incentivised to continue their careers with us. 

•  The loss of a key member of the Group’s management team 

•  We will continue to focus on leadership development and 

could adversely affect the Group’s operations.

succession planning. For an example, see our case study on 
CEO succession planning at page 68.

CHANGES IN MARKET CONDITIONS

HEALTH AND SAFETY

Risk and impact 

Mitigating factors 

•  We buy a significant proportion of raw materials and finished 

products in euros and US dollars. If sterling weakens, our input 
costs increase.

•  Our products are mostly sold to small builders and installed in 
owner-occupied and private and public sector rented housing, 
mainly in the repair, maintenance and improvement markets. 
If activity falls in these markets, it can affect our sales.

•  Over 2017 our assessment of this risk has increased due the 

continuing volatility of foreign currency.

•  We have proven expertise in managing both selling prices and 
costs of production. This continues to be a main area of focus. 

•  We have a good track record of dealing with changes in market 
conditions. We monitor activity in our depots closely and we 
have good relationships with our customers. This can give us 
early warning of changing conditions, so we can take swift 
mitigating action, including managing costs.

Risk and impact 

Mitigating factors 

•  Howdens is about people and relationships. We have over  
660 depots, 9,000 employees, more than 460,000 total 
customer accounts, and suppliers all over the world.

•  Since the beginning of our business, we have invested in safe 

ways of working. We have developed dedicated health & safety 
teams and formalised systems that help us stay safe. 

•  Care for the health & safety of employees, customers, 
suppliers and everyone who comes into contact with  
Howdens is integral to our values and to our behaviour.

•  We monitor, review and update our practices to take account of 
changes in our environment or operations and in line with best 
practice and changing legislation. 

•  If we don’t ensure safe ways of working across the business, 
this could compromise the safety and wellbeing of individuals 
and the reputation and viability of the business.

•  Most importantly, we make sure we keep talking about health 
& safety at every level of the business. See page 40 for our 
related KPI and discussion of our performance in recent years.

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report32

33

Principal risks and uncertainties continued

The arrows alongside each risk show the year on year change

CYBER SECURITY INCIDENT

Risk and impact 

Mitigating factors 

•  We depend on a core set of critical IT systems which are 
fundamental to the day-to-day running of the business.  
These systems are at risk from increasingly sophisticated 
security threats.

•  If we experienced a major security breach, this could result in a 
key system being unavailable causing operational difficulties, 
and/or sensitive data to be unavailable or compromised.  
This could also lead to breach of customer data.

•  We recognise that IT security risks are not always technical,  

so our first point of control is staff awareness. We place focus 
on training our people in cyber security.

•  We employ complex technical IT security controls to protect  
our information and our key systems. We regularly engage 
external specialists to validate the effectiveness of our  
controls against industry best practice.

•  We have robust disaster recovery and business continuity 

plans, and we test them regularly.

•  We adopt a continuous improvement approach to IT security 

and continue to invest in the security of our systems. 

PRODUCT DESIGN RELEVANCE

Risk and impact 

Mitigating factors 

•  Ensuring that we have products that meet the design, price 

and quality needs of the small builder, and their customer, is a 
key focus of the business model and is a critical element of our 
future success and growth aspirations. Kitchen technology and 
design do not stand still, and our products must reflect that.

•  If we do not support the builder with new products that their 

customers want, we could lose customers and sales.

•  In 2017 our assessment of this risk has reduced, following a 
significant refresh of our kitchen ranges and appliances.

•  Our dedicated product team regularly refresh our range of 
kitchens and appliances to meet builders’ and end-users’ 
expectations for design, price and quality. 

•  We work with external design and brand specialists and attend 

product design fairs to monitor likely future trends. 

•  Our local depot staff have close relationships with their account 
holders and end-users, and we actively gather feedback from 
them about changes in trends. 

•  We work with our suppliers, to develop new and improved 

products for the future, some of which are unique to Howdens.  
A number of new products were introduced during the year 
across all product categories, and more are already planned  
for 2018.

CREDIT CONTROL FAILURE

Risk and impact 

Mitigating factors 

•  When a builder comes into one of our depots for the first  

time, we offer them a trade account, so they can complete  
the job before paying Howdens. Many of our customers rely  
on our trade account facilities, as cash flow is often critical  
to small businesses.

•  Failure to provide, or service these facilities could affect our 
ability to continue to support our customers, and potentially  
our ability to collect debt. This could have a direct impact on 
both our revenue and our working capital.

•  We have an effective trade account policy used to agree terms 
with our customers and efficient debt collection processes, 
which we monitor closely and regularly. 

•  We have robust systems and tested business continuity plans. 

•  We maintain good personal relationships with our customers, 
both at depot level and within the credit control department. 

•  Our concentration of debt is limited, as our exposure is  

spread across 400,000 customer trade accounts.

Going Concern, Viability Statement 
and other Statements of the 
Directors in connection with this 
Annual Report and Accounts

GOING CONCERN
The Group meets its day-to-day working capital 
requirements through cash generated from 
operations. If required, the Group also has access 
to an asset-backed lending facility of £140m which 
expires in July 2019. 

The Group’s forecasts and projections have been 
stress-tested for reasonably possible adverse 
variations in economic conditions and trading 
performance. The results of this testing show that 
the Group should be able to operate within the level 
of its current net cash balances and its committed 
bank facility, and that it would not breach the  
facility covenants. 

After making due enquiries the Directors have a 
reasonable expectation that the Company and 
the Group have adequate resources to continue in 
operational existence for the foreseeable future. 
Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going 
concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

VIABILITY STATEMENT
In accordance with provision C2.2 of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code, the Directors have 
assessed the viability of the Company over a period 
longer than the period of twelve months from the 
date of the approval of the financial statements as 
provided in the Going Concern statement above. The 
Directors have assessed whether the Company will 
continue to operate and to meet its liabilities as they 
fall due during the three year period to December 
2020. A three year period was agreed to be the most 
appropriate time period to ensure alignment with 
the Company’s existing rolling three year strategic 
planning process, as detailed below.

The review of the Company’s long-term viability was 
undertaken with reference to the Company’s work 
on strategic planning in 2017 which covered the 
three year period to December 2020. This included 
sensitivity analysis of the Company’s strategic plans 
and considered downside income, margin and 
cash flow scenarios. This analysis was modelled on 
the biggest downturn in sales and margin that the 
Company has experienced over a three-year period. 

The Directors also considered that the Company’s 
strong cash position plus the availability of the 
£140m committed banking facility, the operational 
flexibility afforded by the depot opening programme 
and the robust disaster recovery and business 
continuity management frameworks supported  
the prospect of long-term viability.

The Directors also undertook a robust assessment 
of the Company’s principal risks and the potential 
impacts these risks would have on the Group’s 
business model, future performance, solvency and 
liquidity over the assessment period. These risks  
are set out on pages 28 to 32.

Having taken into account the Company’s current 
position, strategic plans and principal risks in their 
evaluation of the prospects of the business, the 
Directors concluded that they have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company will continue to 
operate and to meet its liabilities as they fall due 
during the three year period to December 2020.

STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ 
RESPONSIBILITIES
The Directors are responsible for preparing the 
Annual Report, Directors’ Remuneration Report 
and the financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations. 

Company law requires the Directors to prepare 
financial statements for each financial year. Under 
that law, the Directors are required to prepare 
Group financial statements in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union and 
Article 4 of the IAS Regulation and have chosen to 
prepare the parent company financial statements 
in accordance with United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards and applicable law). Under 
company law, the Directors must not approve the 
accounts unless they are satisfied that they give 
a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the 
Company and of the profit or loss of the Company 
for that period. In preparing the parent company 
financial statements, the Directors are required to: 

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report34

Going Concern, Viability Statement 
and other Statements of the 
Directors in connection with this 
Annual Report and Accounts continued

•  select suitable accounting policies and then 

apply them consistently; 

•  make judgements and accounting estimates  

that are reasonable and prudent; 

•  state whether applicable UK Accounting 

Standards have been followed subject to any 
material departures disclosed and explained in 
the financial statements; and 

•  prepare the financial statements on the going 
concern basis unless it is inappropriate to 
presume that the Company will continue 
in business. 

In preparing the Group financial statements, 
International Accounting Standard 1 requires  
that directors: 

•  properly select and apply accounting policies; 

•  present information, including accounting policies, 

in a manner that provides relevant, reliable, 
comparable and understandable information; 

•  provide additional disclosures when compliance 

with the specific requirements in IFRSs is 
insufficient to enable users to understand the 
impact of particular transactions, other events 
and conditions on the entity’s financial position 
and financial performance; and 

•  make an assessment of the Company’s ability  

to continue as a going concern. 

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and 
explain the Company’s transactions and disclose 
with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial 
position of the Company and enable them to ensure 
that the financial statements comply with the 
Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for 
safeguarding the assets of the Company and hence 
for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and 
detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance 
and integrity of the corporate and financial 
information included on the Company’s website. 
Legislation in the United Kingdom governing 
the preparation and dissemination of financial 
statements may differ from legislation in 
other jurisdictions.

AUDIT INFORMATION AND AUDITORS 
Each of the persons who is a Director at the date 
of approval of this Annual Report and Accounts 
confirm that: 

•  so far as each of the Directors is aware, there 
is no relevant audit information of which the 
Company’s auditors are unaware; and 

•  the Directors have taken all the steps that they 
ought to have taken as Directors in order to 
make themselves aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Company’s 
auditors are aware of that information. 

The confirmation is given and should be interpreted 
in accordance with the provisions of s418 of the 
Companies Act 2006. 

DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITY 
STATEMENT 
We confirm to the best of our knowledge: 

•  the financial statements, prepared in accordance 
with the relevant financial reporting framework, 
give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, 
financial position and profit or loss of the Group 
and Company, and the undertakings including the 
consolidation taken as a whole; 

•  the Annual Report and Accounts includes a fair 
review of the development and performance 
of the business and the position of the Group 
and Company and the undertakings including 
the consolidation taken as a whole, together 
with a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties they face; and 

•  the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a 
whole, is fair, balanced and understandable 
and provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Group’s and 
Company’s performance, business model  
and strategy.

This responsibility statement was approved by the 
Board of Directors and is signed on its behalf by: 

Matthew Ingle  
Chief Executive  
Officer 

Mark Robson
Deputy Chief Executive
and Chief Financial Officer 

28 February 2018

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017

35

Sustainability Matters

37  Introduction: Why sustainability matters to us

38  Our impact on our stakeholders

40  Our people

42  Sustainable product

43  Sustainable supply chain

44  Our environment

48  Our communities 

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l

a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A

 
 
 
36

37

Why sustainability matters to us

SUSTAINABILITY IS PART OF  
OUR CULTURE
When we talk about the Howdens culture, 
we describe it as being “worthwhile for all 
concerned”...“helping everyone we work with, in 
every community, to do well”... and...“creating the 
conditions that allow everyone to succeed”. These 
are the concepts that our business is built on,  
and they all lead to sustainable behaviour.

IT IS PART OF OUR BUSINESS MODEL
Our business model leads naturally to sustainable 
behaviour. It is part of our competitive advantage. 

Lowest cost production in our dedicated UK 
factories leads naturally to trying to minimise waste 
and the use of energy and raw materials. It is also 
one of the reasons why we have developed an 
efficient transport fleet that has won an award for 
showing clear leadership in carbon reduction. 

Developing and maintaining sustainable supplier 
relationships mitigates the “Interruption to 
continuity of supply” principal risk, and energy-
efficient, safe, tested and durable product mitigates 
our “Product design relevance” risk.

WHAT ARE THE MATERIAL AREAS FOR 
US AND OUR STAKEHOLDERS?
This report is organised in five sections, reflecting 
the main areas of importance to us and to our 
stakeholders:

People: safety, offering rewarding careers, being  
a good company to work for.

Sustainable product: safe, traceable, reliable  
and durable.

Sustainable supply chain: sustainable sourcing, 
timber management and chain of custody, active 
monitoring of suppliers.

Our mission statement aim of “no-call-back quality” 
means that we strive to produce and source product 
which is durable and safe. 

Environment: reducing waste, responsible 
operations, lowering emissions, sustainable 
transport fleet.

Being trusted partners to both our suppliers and our 
customers means that our relationships with them 
need to work for all parties over the long term. 

Communities: local community projects, our 
work with Leonard Cheshire Disability, our on-call 
firefighters and emergency first responders.

Our 660 local depots, and the relationships that 
those depots rely on to trade profitably, mean that 
our success relies on us being a good neighbour in 
each of those communities.

Our sustainability KPIs relate to safety, use of wood 
from certified sources, recycling of waste and 
recycled packaging, and can be found on pages  
43 and 44.

IT MITIGATES OUR RISKS 
We discuss our principal risks on pages 28 to 32. 
Sustainable behaviour helps us to address some of 
those risks. 

For example, we place a great emphasis on looking 
after our people. We invest in keeping them 
safe, developing their skills, and offering them 
rewarding careers and a great place to work. We 
do this because it’s the right thing to do, but it also 
mitigates our “Health & Safety” and “Loss of key 
personnel” risks.

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report38

Our impact on our 
stakeholders

£300m

of tax generated or collected 
Corporation Tax, NI,  
PAYE, and VAT

9,000

full-time jobs with prospects 
 in UK manufacturing, 
 in our local trade depots 
and in distribution, systems 
and support

374

apprentices currently  
in training

tailored apprentice 
programmes across the 
Group

£380m

of wages, salaries  
and benefits paid to employees

of working capital extended to over

£240m 
400,000

small businesses in our peak trading period

No fees, up to 8 weeks to pay 

Responsible for all or part 
of the pensions of over

17,000 people

£260m cash contributed to 
pension funds in last 5 years

 7th

Best Big Company  
to work for in 2017 
as voted by our own employees

£48m

of capital investment in the year

Investing in UK manufacturing, 
and expanding our depot network

Over £60m

of rent paid to around 650 
commercial landlords

£116m

paid out to shareholders 
in dividends and buybacks

100% of UK employees  
in share ownership  
schemes

Significant support  
for a sustainable UK  
forestry industry

 230,000m3

of chipboard from managed 
forests in the UK

Timber Trade  
Federation-certified  
responsible purchaser

97%

of manufacturing waste  
recycled or reused

12,000 tonnes of sawdust converted  
to energy to heat our factories

160,000 pallets recovered  
or repaired

13th

anniversary of partnership with  
Leonard Cheshire Disability 

£1m donated in 2017

Supporting young, disabled adults to  
find valuable roles within their 
communities

3,700

other charity donations,  
£1.5m given to local charities 
and community activities

39

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l

a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017Strategic report 
 
40

41

Our people

Keeping them safe, offering them rewarding  
careers, best companies to work for

Keeping our people safe
Focusing on a safety culture, making safety messages more accessible 

KPI
RIDDORs/100k hours worked 
70% reduction 2013–2017

Accident severity rate* 
56% reduction 2013–2017

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0.07

0.25

0.20

0.15

0.10

0.05

0.05

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

* Accident severity rate = hours lost to accidents/100k hours worked

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

We’ve got 9,000 employees, and we need to keep them all safe at 
work. Accidents have remained very low this year because we’ve 
continued to invest in safe processes and safe plant and machinery.

We have always committed to developing, implementing and 
improving safe systems of work, and this has continued during 2017. 
The next step of our journey is to strengthen their effectiveness 
with increased emphasis on a safety culture where we support and 
empower employees to share our aims and work with us. 

In 2017 we released a number of pictorial safe systems of work, 
as well as short safety films which are aimed at making important 
safety messages more engaging and accessible to staff. We 
are also implementing safety management software across the 
business which will make it easier to manage risks and processes.

We’re also working with other leading companies and consultants 
to help us benchmark and challenge ourselves. We hope that 
these actions will improve our safety record even further.

Offering rewarding careers
Great rewards, great opportunities to develop

We pay a good basic salary: all of our pay rates are above living 
wage and most of them are well above it. We offer a range of 
benefits, including pension schemes which we contributed £47m 
to in 2017, for the benefit of our 17,000 current and past employee 
members. We offer free shares to all our people who stay with 
the company for at least three years so that they can share in 
our growth. 

Part of our culture and our business model is that we offer staff the 
chance to get significant bonuses for exceptional performance and 

that we invest in our staff to offer them opportunities to develop 
and progress with us. We want our best people to stay with us 
and help grow the business, and we also want to recruit the best 
people. We develop tailored programmes for our 374 apprentices 
throughout the business, offering a range of worthwhile futures to 
young people across the country.

Find out more about working with Howdens at https://careers.
howdens.com/ and see the case study on the next page for the 
story of one depot manager’s career progression with us.

Case Study: rewarding careers 
“ Howdens is a brilliant company  
to work for”

When Hayley left school at 17 and joined Howdens as an 
apprentice, she never imagined that 20 years later she would 
be managing a depot with a turnover of around £4m, 17 staff, 
and around 1,300 trade accounts.

Hayley completed her apprentice program and developed 
through various roles until she first became manager of an 
established depot 10 years ago.

After some years of success there, she took the opportunity 
to move to a new town and set up her current depot from 
scratch. She was in charge of hiring the staff, developing 
contacts with local builders, gaining their trust and getting 
them to open an account with Howdens and start trading.

When asked about her career with Howdens, Hayley said: 
“Howdens is a brilliant company to work for. There’s no other 
company like it. Results matter, not formal qualifications. If 
you work hard you can go a long way, and staff can see that.”

Through her career, Hayley has had the benefit of many 
Howdens training courses, as well as on-the-job training and 
mentoring from her managers. Now she’s a manager herself, 
it’s important to her to develop her own staff and help them to 
fulfil their potential.

“We’ve got four apprentices at our depot. It’s important to 
me to encourage them because that’s how I started with 
Howdens.” Hayley has supported and mentored lots of her 
staff as they are promoted within the business. Several of 
them have gone on to become managers at other Howdens 
depots. “When assistant managers are promoted and move 
on within the business, everyone on the team can see that the 
opportunities are there for them.”

The hard work and motivation that Hayley has been able 
to instil in her team has often paid off in high sales and 
profitability, and this means that the whole team has been able 
to earn significant bonuses over the years. Part of the Howdens 
model is that everyone is paid a good basic salary, but that 
we also recognise and reward exceptional performance with 
substantial bonuses.

There are individual bonuses for all the team members, and for 
exceptional performance these can reach the size at which staff 
have described them as “life-changing”. We also have a pot of 
money which is for the whole depot to spend on a team activity. 
“We’re a team… a family” said Hayley. “When we’ve done really 
well, our incentive pot has paid for the team to have a trip to 
Dublin in a 5 star hotel, or we’ve organised a private chef to cook 
us all dinner. We work really hard, but we have great rewards”.

Best Companies to work for
7th best big company to work for in 2017

We were very pleased that the responses of our employees meant 
that we were voted the Sunday Times 7th Best Big Company to 
work for in 2017. This shows continuing improvement after being 
voted 12th in 2014 and 25th in 2010.

We know that, for our business to grow, we need to motivate and 
invest in our people – we want them to be proud to work here. 
So it’s good to know that the survey showed 80% of our staff 
feel pride in working for Howden Joinery. Some comments from 
employees were:

•  “I have never worked for a company that looks after their 

employees so well”

•  “As an apprentice I have all the support I need and more”

•  “This is the only company I have ever worked for where I feel 

part of something and not just a number”

•  “Authentic and real culture, security of job with real 

opportunities for growth”

•  “The bond between the team is an unbreakable one”

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report42

43

Sustainable product

Sustainable supply chain

Safe and traceable, efficient and durable

Sustainable sourcing, actively monitoring our suppliers

Safety and traceability
Safety by design. Fire safety. Registering products for traceability

We design safety features into the products we make ourselves, 
and we carefully select bought-in product from reputable sources 
and then we carry out additional safety testing before we sell it to 
our customers. 

As an example of safe bought-in product, our Lamona tumble 
dryers have always been designed so that the heating element 
and the main airflow are separated. This is to prevent excess fluff 
coming into contact with the heating element and potentially 
catching fire.

Our Lamona fridge-freezers and fridges have also been designed 
with the aim of reducing the risk from fire. The electronic circuit 
boards are isolated in a fire-retardant, self-extinguishing box. 
The top, back and base of each unit is enclosed in fire-retardant 
material, and they use the latest capacitor technology which is 
designed to remain safe in the event of a failure.

We sell 600,000 fire doors per year, and we recognise that only a 
correctly fitted fire door offers the protection it is designed for.  
A door can be rated to withstand fire for 60 minutes, but if it is not 
fitted with the correct hinges, frame, intumescent strip, or door 
closer, for example, it will not provide that level of protection. 

In 2017 we’ve been developing an initiative to make it easier for 
our builder-customers to make sure that they have the right fittings 
every time they buy a fire door. We have been working with the British 
Woodworking Federation, whose Certifire fire door certification 
scheme is the leading authority on fire door safety. We have 
developed guidance for our depots which identifies the six most 
common situations in which a builder would be fitting a fire door,  
and which automatically selects the right fittings for each situation.

It’s important to us to do as much as we can to trace the 
ownership of our appliances, in case we ever have a product 
recall. We have installed scanners at all of our depots, so that 
we have a record of which items have been sold to which builder-
customer. We’ve also briefed our depot staff on the importance 
of encouraging product registration and put reminders and 
information in our product catalogues.

We’re also working hard to encourage the domestic end user to 
register their products so that we can support them if the need 
ever arises. Our product website and the document pack that 
comes with each appliance include links to the “Register my 
appliance” website. We’ve also put a sticker on each instruction 
manual with the unique serial number of each appliance, so that 
it’s easier for end users to register them. 

Sustainable product
Energy efficiency, durability and quality

Our appliances are made by third party suppliers to our 
specifications. We have always worked in partnership with our 
suppliers to improve the energy performance of our appliances, 
and each year this brings improvements in different product 
categories. Highlights in 2017 are:

•  our Lamona washer-dryers now use 21% less water per wash. 
They also now incorporate more efficient motors, which means 
that they offer the same energy consumption as the previous 
model whilst increasing the washing load by 14%

•  all of our kitchen lighting is now LED, which is 10% longer-

lasting than our previous best-selling lighting, and which uses 
only 50% of the electricity

People want the highest levels of quality, safety and design, and 
the lowest energy consumption, at the best price. We have a rolling 
development programme with our main appliance suppliers where 
we look forward three to five years to develop our products for the 
future. Together, we are planning tomorrow’s energy savings today.

Offering our customers no-call-back quality kitchen and joinery is 
part of our mission statement. We manufacture all of our cabinets 
ourselves, which means that we have direct control of their quality 
and can be confident in offering a 25 year guarantee on them. 

The exceptional build quality of our cabinets is central to our 
offering. In 2017 we improved this even further when we launched 
our redesigned cabinet leg. It’s 20% faster for the builder to fit and 
adjust, as well as being 30% stronger.

We test the durability of our manufactured products by subjecting 
them to a range of tests intended to represent the challenges of a 
real kitchen. For example, we test the durability of their surfaces by 
covering them with everyday household products, from bleach to 
curry powder, nail varnish and red wine. We “slam test” doors and 
drawers up to 10,000 times, and we put half-tonne weights on the 
shelves of our tall cabinets. We subject products to heat, humidity, 
ultraviolet light, and steam. 

Sustainable sourcing
Timber management and chain of custody, shared values throughout the supply chain 

Over 75% of our products are wood or wood-based, and we’re 
responsible for making sure that it is legally harvested and 
comes from sustainable sources. 

by the Timber Trade Federation as having an environmental due 
diligence system in place which complies with their Responsible 
Purchasing Policy.

In 2017 we used 233,000 cubic metres of chipboard and 38,000 
cubic metres of MDF in our factories. All of this came from FSC® 
(the Forest Stewardship Council®) certified sources and all of the 
products that we manufacture ourselves hold the FSC chain of 
custody certification (license code FSC-C019676). This means 
that the wood comes from responsibly managed forests and 
that we have independent documented evidence of an unbroken 
chain of ownership all the way from the forest to us, via the mill, 
the importer, and our suppliers. We have also been approved 

KPI

100% of wood-
based material 
used in our 
manufacturing 
processes from 
FSC® certified 
sources

100%

100% of our internally-manufactured timber products are made 
from FSC certified materials, and we aim to source our bought-
in products to the same standards. A typical kitchen range is a 
combination of items which we have manufactured ourselves and 
other items which we have bought in. A range is only entirely FSC-
compliant if every individual woden component is FSC certified. 
Each of the 26 new kitchen ranges that we introduced in 2017 
met this standard. 

We only want to work with suppliers who share our ethical values. 
We are clear about our expectations and our standards and our 
aim is that they run through our whole supply chain. Every year 
we gather our main suppliers together at a conference to talk 
about the issues that affect us and them. As well as talking to 
them about product development, we use this as an opportunity 
to repeat and reinforce our expectations for sustainability and 
ethical behaviour. We tell them what we need from them and  
we work together to come up with solutions.

Active monitoring
Supplier assessments, training our people, risk-based testing

We take care to select suppliers with high ethical standards and 
we make it clear that we expect them to uphold those standards. 
We require them to confirm that they are operating ethically, and 
we gather evidence to support what they say.

Our due diligence systems rely on suppliers accurately declaring 
what types of wood are being used and where that wood comes 
from. To give us extra assurance, we carry out additional checks. 
We select samples of wood and send them for independent 
microscopy testing at a leading independent research institute. 
This analysis can prove what type of wood it is. 

We have a self-assessment process for our suppliers which includes 
assessing their sustainability practices. As part of this we ask them 
how they manage areas such as health and safety, the environment, 
ethical sourcing and product compliance. They have to provide 
evidence to substantiate their answers and we validate the answers 
and the evidence. 

We need our people to understand and demonstrate best practice 
and integrity, so we’ve given them training to support them in their 
dealings with suppliers. All of our buyers and our compliance team 
have taken and passed the Chartered Institute of Procurement 
and Supply’s Ethical Procurement & Supply training, and we have 
a rolling programme of refresher training on Modern Slavery and 
Anti-Bribery. 

There is more information about the work we do to safeguard 
against human rights violations in both our own business and 
our supply chain in our modern slavery statement at www.
howdenjoinerygroupplc.com/responsibilities/modern-slavery-
statement.asp.

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report44

45

Our environment

Reducing waste, responsible operations, lowering emissions, 
sustainable transport

Reducing waste
Turning production waste into energy, reducing amounts to landfill, reuse/recycle

Lowering emissions
Efficient operations lead to reduced emissions

GREENHOUSE GAS AND EMISSIONS REPORTING

KPI 1

Total % of 
waste recycled 
or reused

97%

KPI 2

100% of all packaging 
used in our 
manufacturing is from 
recycled sources

100%

Highly-efficient production is one of our strategic aims as it gives us a 
competitive cost advantage. Over the years we’ve invested in efficient 
production machinery and in software that takes the constantly-
changing production mix, and maximises the number of panels that 
we can get from each sheet of chipboard. We’ve also worked with our 
chipboard supplier to develop a new size of board that allows us to 
minimise cutting waste even further. 

In 2017, we converted over 12,000 tonnes of sawdust into energy 
at our Howden and Runcorn sites. This is enough sawdust to fill 15 
Olympic swimming pools. Burning it onsite means that it doesn’t 
have to be transported elsewhere to be reused. It also saves us 
money. We generated approximately 51,000 MWh of energy from our 
biomass boilers in 2017, equivalent to the average annual electricity 
consumption of over 13,000 households.

Nevertheless, the sheer scale of our manufacturing operations means 
that we still generate a lot of sawdust waste. At both of our factories, 
we have invested in biomass boilers which burn this waste to produce 
heat. They allow us to reuse waste, they reduce our emissions and they 
save us the cost of the equivalent bought-in fuel. 

Over ten years ago, an employee-led energy efficiency initiative 
came up with the idea of repairing broken pallets rather than 
scrapping them. We put these pallets back into use, which 
cuts down our waste and saves us money. In 2017 we repaired 
over 160,000 pallets, making a total of 1.5 million since this 
program started.

Responsible operations
Energy-efficient facilities, efficient transport

All our factories, warehouses and transport sites meet the ISO 
14001 standard for Environmental Management. This assures 
us that we have good processes in place. It also encourages us 
to look for further improvements in areas such as sustainable 
energy, waste and material management.

We have invested in a number of energy-saving projects at our 
factories in 2017. The most significant of these involved replacing 
old lighting and compressor technology with modern energy-
efficient versions. These initiatives should give us a total energy 
saving of around 800 kWh per year.

We have continued to reduce our carbon footprint on the majority 
of our inbound freight from Europe. Instead of each of our 
European suppliers delivering their goods to us individually by 
road, we have changed the freight terms so that we take control 
of the goods at the producer’s factory gate. This has allowed us to 
consolidate the operation and to move it from road to rail. 91% of 
our European freight was transported by rail in 2017. This gave a 
saving of approximately 1,100 tonnes of CO2 for the year, as well 
as a significant cost saving, and greater operational flexibility.

For a case study on our award-winning sustainable transport fleet, 
see pages 46 and 47.

Scope 1 – Direct: Gas

Scope 1 – Direct: Diesel

Scope 1 – Direct: Other fuels

SCOPE 1 – DIRECT: TOTAL

Scope 2 – Indirect: Electricity 

SCOPE 2 – INDIRECT: TOTAL

TOTAL (Scope 1 and 2)

Turnover (£m)

Turnover ratio (tCO2e per £m)
Inflation adjusted turnover ratio (tCO2e per £m)

Total CO2  
Emissions  
(Tonnes)

Total CO2  
Emissions  
(Tonnes)

2017

3,314

26,548

999

30,861

25,989

25,989

56,850

1,403.8

40.5

45.7

2016

3,338

26,065

1,196

30,599

28,148

28,148

58,747

1,307.3

44.9

47.1

We are pleased to report that our total emissions have reduced in 2017 despite  
an increase in turnover. 

Turnover increased by 7% in 2017, whilst the turnover ratio decreased by 11% and the  
inflation adjusted turnover ratio decreased by 3%. We will continue to look for further 
improvements. Our record over the past five years is shown on the chart below.

Emission source data is converted to carbon tonnes using the conversion factors published by Defra.  
Source data includes meter readings for electricity and gas and purchasing records for other fuels.

Total Carbon usage (‘000s tCO2e)
Turnover ratio (tCO2e per £m)
Turnover ratio inflation adjusted (tCO

e per £m)

2

60.0

50.0

40.0

30.0

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report46

47

Our environment continued

Sustainable transport fleet

Our “always in-stock” model means that efficient and safe 
transport is strategically important to us.

Award-winning sustainable 
transport fleet

A key part of our business model is that each of our 
depots are always in-stock. To achieve this, our truck fleet 
covers approximately 15 million miles per year. That’s the 
equivalent of 600 times around the Earth, and it accounts 
for around a third of our total carbon emissions, so we 
keep a close eye on it. 

We voluntarily upgraded our core fleet to the latest Euro 6 
emissions standards back in 2015, and we keep looking 
for additional ways to make our fleet less polluting, safer, 
and more efficient.

In 2017, our efforts were recognised by the Freight 
Transport Association when we won the Leadership 
in Carbon Reduction Award. We received praise for 
our “innovative and experimental approach”, and for 
demonstrating “clear leadership in carbon reduction”. 

“clear leadership 
in carbon 
reduction”

TALLBOY TRAILERS AND PODS
We use taller trailers to deliver the cabinets that we 
make in our Runcorn factory. Being able to get more 
cabinets in each delivery means that we’ve made an 
annual reduction in trailer loads equivalent to 1,700 
standard trailers. 

By fitting our tall trailers with aerodynamic pods,  
we increase their fuel efficiency.

AIR DEFLECTORS 
AND AIRTABS
The air deflector on the cab roof, and the 
airtabs which we have retro-fitted to both 
cab and trailer, reduce drag and increase 
fuel efficiency.

C

A

A

B

B

D

D

TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING
TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING
TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING
Incorrect tyre pressures can compromise safety, 
reduce fuel efficiency, and lead to increased 
repair costs and breakdowns. We have tyre 
pressure sensors fitted on all of our trucks, which 
are automatically monitored by sensors at the 
gates of each of our factories and warehouses. 
If the tyres are not correctly inflated, this triggers 
a warning email to our control centre so that we 
can quickly put it right.

C

IN-CAB MONITORING
We have installed advanced in-cab telemetry to 
benchmark our drivers. We use the information to 
debrief our drivers daily, using key targets such as harsh 
braking, excessive engine idling in traffic and sudden 
acceleration – measures which improve both efficiency 
and safety. We reward those who perform to the highest 
standards, and we work with any drivers who need help 
to improve.

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report48

49

Our communities

Local community projects, Leonard Cheshire Disability,  
on-call firefighters and emergency first responders

Local community projects
Local involvement on a nationwide basis, thousands of donations, £1.5m contributed 
Each of our 661 depots, and every one of our manufacturing, 
distribution and support sites, has an important role in the life of 
its local community. Each site depends on its local community  
for its success and growth; for customers and staff. 

•  buying new kit for a local children’s sports team 

at a local community centre 

•  giving our staff’s time and materials to help renovate facilities 

•  donating cash to a local hospital’s appeal for vital equipment

Our culture is based on personal relationships and individual 
accountability, and we encourage our people to support and 
engage with local activities and charities. 

We make our products, time and cash available for staff to 
get involved in all sorts of ways. This year we have donated 62 
kitchens and paid for them to be fitted. These kitchens go into 
places like village halls and community centres, and help them to 
continue to serve their neighbourhoods. 

We also support thousands of small local projects with cash 
donations. Typical donations may be just a few hundred pounds, 
but they will make a big difference. They might cover things like:

In 2017, we’ve made 3,700 separate donations which have 
involved us giving cash or products worth £1.5m. 

Our culture of giving back to the local community also shows 
in the actions our people take as individuals. Every year, we 
support our people as they take the Howdens culture and make 
it personal. They give up their time and put themselves to the 
test to raise money for all sorts of local and national causes. 
In September 2017, for instance, Howdens people all over the 
country committed their time to a range of sponsored events, from 
sleepouts to sitting in baths of baked beans, to raise money for 
local homeless projects.

Leonard Cheshire Disability
£1m donated to nationwide and international projects, 100th inclusive kitchen installed
We’ve had a successful partnership with Leonard Cheshire Disability 
(LCD) since 2004 and we’re pleased to say that it continues to grow. 
In 2017 we have donated cash and goods worth £1m.

LCD works for a society where everyone is equally valued, and 
supports people with all types of disabilities, all over the world. Like 
Howdens, LCD values local relationships, and their work supports 
disabled people to be active members of their local communities. 
They support disabled people to live in their own homes and 
in residential care, as well as providing skills and employment 
programmes to help disabled people into work. 

Our work with LCD is currently focused in three main areas: 

• 

 designing and fitting inclusive kitchens in their care homes 
and day centres so that disabled people can live more 
independently (see case study on facing page)

•  helping young disabled people play an active role in 

their communities through sponsorship of the “Can Do” 
volunteering programme

• 

 offering support and skills training through employability 
workshops and mentoring

In 2010 we began to support LCD’s Can Do programme. Can Do 
gives young disabled adults the chance to develop important 
life and work skills, and boost their self-confidence. It does 

this by supporting them to devise and take part in a range of 
volunteering projects in their local community. It gives them 
individual mentoring, group support and a social network, as 
well as an opportunity to gain further qualifications. Howdens 
support has helped Can Do expand from four locations when we 
began our involvement to 17 locations in 2017, supporting 2,000 
young disabled people per year through meaningful volunteering 
opportunities in their local community. 

Can Do aims to build young people’s confidence, so that they can 
get out and about on their own, cook their own meals, build their 
support and friendship networks, and where possible get them 
ready for the world of work. 

In 2017 we have started working with LCD on a programme of 
employability workshops, designed to equip people with the skills 
they need to succeed in the jobs market. The workshops will cover 
a range of practical skills and we will also offer follow-up mentoring 
support. Funding has been committed, planning is at an advanced 
stage and the first workshops are scheduled for April 2018.

There are more details of our involvement with LCD online at  
www.howdens.com/about-us/leonard-cheshire-disability/ and 
more information about LCD at www.leonardcheshire.org/.

Case Study:  
100th inclusive kitchen with Leonard Cheshire Disability

Residents of the home said:

“Now I’ll be able to prepare my own meals and eat when I want to.”

“The new kitchen will enable me to cook like I did when I was at 
home before my stroke.”

Howdens are experts in designing inclusive kitchens for disabled 
people or those with limited mobility. All of our ranges are 
available with a variety of inclusive features such as easy access 
to cabinets, variable-height worktops for sinks and preparation 
areas, and raised plinths to allow wheelchairs to pass below. 

We have pledged to supply and fit inclusive kitchens from our 
range wherever they are needed in any of LCD’s homes across 
the country. Some of these are specific training kitchens, used 
to pass on cooking skills which help people increase their ability 
to live independently.

This year we planned, donated and fitted 35 kitchens, and in 
July 2017 we reached the landmark of fitting our 100th inclusive 
kitchen since the programme started. 

The manager of the home where the 100th kitchen was fitted said: 

“Having a fully accessible kitchen for our service users is 
extremely important for their independence. They can now join in 
on all aspects of the kitchen: from preparing a meal, to cooking 
it, eating in it and of course doing the washing up!

I couldn’t begin to describe the hours of freedom and joy, and the 
levels of independence this kitchen will bring to our residents.”

On-call firefighters and emergency first responders

Saving lives in local communities
Our people are making a real difference in their local community, 
and are helping to save lives. Our factory in Howden, Yorkshire, 
is on the edge of a small rural town. The local fire station is 
unmanned and relies on on-call firefighters. These are people 
who typically have other jobs or responsibilities, but when the call 
comes they drop whatever they are doing and respond. 

Seven years ago we started working with the local Fire and Rescue 
Service and we currently have 14 employees who are trained 
members of the on-call firefighter team at the Howden fire station. 
That station sent teams to over 200 incidents in 2017, including 
house fires, industrial fires, road traffic collisions and incidents in 
which people and animals were trapped in burning buildings. In the 
words of the Chief Officer, that relationship has been instrumental 
in keeping crewing levels high and keeping two vehicles on the run 
during the day as well as on evenings and at weekends.

In 2017, we were invited to go to the Home Office, as well as to the 
Chief Fire Officers’ Association, to present this successful model 
of the fire and rescue services working with businesses. 

We also have some employees who are trained as emergency 
first responders and who support the local ambulance service. 
These people are called out to give essential advanced first aid in 
the case of, say, a heart attack or stroke. They give vital initial care 
until an ambulance can get to the scene. This sort of care can be 
critical in determining the outcome of an emergency, especially 
in more rural areas where ambulances have to come from further 
away. According to the local Fire and Rescue Service, the team 
which our employees are part of has saved at least five lives in the 
last year, as well as having a positive impact on many incidents 
where people had suffered major injuries.

Around three years ago, we started to do the same thing at our 
Runcorn factory and we now have an on-call firefighter team 
there. In 2017 we also started to recruit for a team at our main 
warehouse in Northamptonshire.

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report50

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017

51

Governance

51  Corporate Governance Report 

51 Introduction from the Chairman

52 Board of Directors and Executive Committee

55 Corporate Governance Framework

61 UK Corporate Governance Code Compliance Table

65  Nominations Committee Report 

72  Remuneration Committee Report

85  Audit Committee Report

94  Directors’ Report

Corporate Governance Report

INTRODUCTION FROM THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD
Howdens is founded on the principle that it should provide value 
to all concerned. This principle guides the Board’s decision 
making and defines our strategic objectives because it is an 
enduring philosophy that has supported the good governance 
and, in turn, the success of the business over time. 

are safeguarded and the business is run in a fair and effective 
way. Our approach to compliance is that we should not only 
adhere to the letter of the UK Corporate Governance Code but 
the spirit of it too. 

While the Company is clearly accountable to its shareholders, 
it is our customers, investors, suppliers, staff, and local 
communities that have contributed to making Howdens the 
leading supplier of kitchens in the UK. Howdens is a business 
built on relationships. We do not take these relationships for 
granted and we ensure that we govern in a way that reinforces 
them – a strong culture which permeates through all levels 
of Howdens and which has shaped our business model and 
strategy is fundamental to supporting this (please see page 12 
for further information on Culture and Purpose).

The importance of setting the tone from the top cannot be 
underestimated. The purpose of the Board and our framework of 
corporate governance is to ensure the interests of stakeholders 

The Board must ensure that the culture and values of the 
business are aligned to its decision making processes. We must 
both challenge and collaborate with management to ensure their 
goals and objectives remain aligned with the business’s values 
and culture.

In 2017, the Board approved the continued and steady 
investment in the capacity and capability of the business to build 
a strong foundation from which Howdens can continue to grow 
for the long-term benefit of our stakeholders. 

In 2018 we will continue to ensure Howdens is prepared for both 
the challenges and the opportunities which will arise and that 
sufficient resource is in place to meet our strategic objectives for 
sustainable growth. 

MEETING ATTENDANCE
The figures below show the number of meetings individual 
Directors that served during the year could have attended (taking 
account of eligibility, appointment and retirement dates during 
the year) and the percentage of those meetings they actually 
attended.

If a Director is unable to attend a Board meeting, they are 
nevertheless provided with all the papers and information relating 
to the meeting and encouraged to discuss the issues arising 
directly with the Chairman and Executive Directors. 

Although members of the Executive Committee have also 
attended at the invitation of the Chairman and Chief Executive 
Officer their attendance is not shown below.

In addition to formal Board meetings, the Non-Executive Directors 
met four times during the year without the Executive Directors 
present.

Richard 
Pennycook*  

Mark  
Allen1

Andrew 
Cripps

Geoff 
Drabble2

Tiffany  
Hall

Matthew 
Ingle³

Mark  
Robson

Michael 
Wemms4

Debbie 
White5

No. of 
meetings

Attendance

8

100%

7

88%

8

100%

7

88%

8

100%

7

88%

8

100%

4

100%

6

100%

Schedule of Matters Reserved for the Board – www.howdenjoinerygroupplc.com/investors/governance/schedule-matters/index.asp

1  Mark was unable to attend a meeting on 6 July 2017, which had been called on short notice.

2  Geoff was unable to attend the Board meeting on 20 April 2017 due to ill health.

3  Matthew was excused from attending a meeting on 6 July 2017 due to his direct interest in 

the business of the meeting.

4  Michael retired from the Board on 2 May 2017.

5  Debbie was appointed to the Board on 15 February 2017.

*   Denotes Chairman of the Board

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l

a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A

 
 
 
 
52

53

Corporate Governance Report
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Key to Board committee membership

*  Chairman of Committee 

 Audit Committee 

 Remuneration Committee  

 Nominations Committee

CHAIRMAN

SENIOR INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

RICHARD PENNYCOOK
Non-Executive Chairman

TIFFANY HALL
Senior Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Richard was appointed to the Board in September 2013 and became Non-
Executive Chairman in May 2016.

Skills and experience

Richard has extensive experience in logistics, supply chain management, 
manufacturing and consumer goods having served as a public company 
director for over 20 years and having served as Group Chief Executive 
of The Co-operative Group. His other past roles also include Senior 
Independent Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee of Persimmon 
plc. Richard has also previously held Finance Director roles in a number of 
public companies. 

Tiffany was appointed to the Board in May 2010 and appointed 
Remuneration Committee Chair in May 2014 and Senior Independent 
Director in April 2017.

Skills and experience

Tiffany has a strong background in marketing, sales, digital and 
customer service having previously served as Managing Director at 
BUPA Home Healthcare, Marketing Director at BUPA and Head of 
Marketing at British Airways. She was also Chairman of Airmiles and 
BA Holidays and prior to that held other positions at British Airways 
including Head of Global Sales and Distribution and Head of UK Sales 
and Marketing. Tiffany was also previously a Non-Executive Director of 
Think London.

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

MATTHEW INGLE
Chief Executive Officer

ANDREW LIVINGSTON
Chief Executive Officer Designate

Matthew was appointed Chief Executive Officer in October 2005 and  
will retire from the Board on 2 April 2018. 

Andrew was appointed CEO Designate in January 2018 and will be 
formally appointed to the Board on 2 April 2018. 

Skills and experience

Other FTSE appointments

Matthew set up Howdens in 1995 and has been responsible for its growth 
into a successful business today. Prior to joining the Company he had 
been Managing Director of the Magnet Trade operation. He was elected  
to the Board of the Company in 1998. 

Matthew has no external appointments.

•  Non-Executive Director at LondonMetric Property Plc

Skills and experience

Andrew was the Chief Executive of Screwfix Direct Ltd from 2013, where 
he had previously held the position of Commercial and Ecommerce 
Director. Prior to joining Screwfix, Andrew was the Commercial Director 
and Chief Operating Officer at Wyevale Garden Centres and prior to that 
the Commercial Director of Kitchens and Bathrooms at B&Q. Andrew 
holds an MBA from London Business School.

MARK ROBSON
Deputy Chief Executive  
and Chief Financial Officer

Mark was appointed Deputy Chief Executive in May 2014, having joined 
the Board in April 2005 as Chief Financial Officer. 

Skills and experience

Mark spent the six years prior to joining Howdens as Group Finance 
Director at Delta plc. Between 1985 and 1998, he held a number of senior 
financial positions with ICI. He is a Chartered Accountant and qualified 
with Price Waterhouse. 

Mark has no external appointments.

COMPOSITION AND INDEPENDENCE
The Board comprises two Executive Directors, the Chairman and 
five Non-Executive Directors. 

The Board considered that all of the Non-Executive Directors were 
independent for the full duration of the period and that Richard 
Pennycook was independent upon his appointment as Chairman 
in May 2016. 

MARK ALLEN
Non-Executive Director

ANDREW CRIPPS
Non-Executive Director

Mark was appointed to the Board in May 2011.

Andrew was appointed to the Board in December 2015.

Other FTSE appointments

Other FTSE appointments

•  Chief Executive of Dairy Crest Group plc

•  Non-Executive Director of Booker Group plc

Skills and experience

Skills and experience

Mark has significant experience in operating a vertically-integrated 
business and in particular in manufacturing, B2B, consumer goods and 
logistics, distribution and supply chain management. Mark joined Dairy 
Crest in 1991 as a general manager following a period at Shell and, after 
being promoted through a variety of roles including Sales & Operations 
Director and two divisional Managing Director roles, he was appointed to 
Dairy Crest’s main Board in 2002, becoming Chief Executive in 2007. 

Andrew has extensive experience in finance and accounting having qualified 
as a Chartered Accountant with KPMG and held executive director roles in 
the UK and Europe with Rothmans International, where he was Corporate 
Finance Director. Andrew is Deputy Chairman of Swedish Match AB, Non-
Executive Director of Booker Group plc and Senior Independent Director 
and Chairman of the Audit Committee at the 2 Sisters Food Group. Andrew 
has also been a non-executive director of a number of public companies 
with consumer-facing and manufacturing businesses.

GEOFF DRABBLE
Non-Executive Director

DEBBIE WHITE
Non-Executive Director

Geoff was appointed to the Board in July 2015.

Debbie was appointed to the Board in February 2017.

Other FTSE appointments

Other FTSE appointments

•  Chief Executive officer of Ashtead Group Plc

•  Chief Executive Officer of Interserve Plc

Skills and experience

Skills and experience 

Geoff has a notable background in in the building products and 
construction markets and is the Chief Executive Officer of Ashtead Group 
Plc, the FTSE100 international equipment rental company which operates 
a model across multiple sites, with incentivised local managers. He was 
appointed as Chief Executive in January 2007, having served as Chief 
Executive Designate from October 2006 and as a Non-Executive Director 
since April 2005. Geoff has also previously held the position of Executive 
Director of The Laird Group plc where he was responsible for its Building 
Products division. Prior to joining The Laird Group, he held a number of 
senior management positions at Black & Decker.

Debbie has significant experience of the B2B industry and of finance 
and accounting. She was appointed Chief Executive Officer of Interserve 
Plc in September 2017 and prior to this served as Global CEO of Sodexo 
Healthcare and Sodexo Government. Debbie also held various other 
positions within Sodexo, including CFO in the UK & Ireland, CFO of Sodexo 
Inc. and later CEO for Sodexo UK & Ireland. In 2013, she became a trustee 
of the charity Wellbeing of Women and is now Chair of the Audit Committee. 
Debbie started her career with Arthur Andersen in the UK, before joining 
AstraZeneca where she held a range of financial roles. She later became a 
director at PwC Consulting where she worked across a number of sectors in 
a global capacity.

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ SKILLS AND EXPERIENCE
An exercise was undertaken during 2017 using a skills matrix to highlight where the skills and experience of our Non-Executive Directors 
were particularly strong and where there were opportunities to further grow the Board’s collective knowledge and inform the Board’s  
future composition as Non-Executive Directors naturally rotate off the Board.

Howdens-specific skills
The matrix showed that the Board is rich in skills that are considered to be of high importance to the Howdens business model, strategy  
and sectors within which the Company operates. These included:

•  Vertical integration

•  B2B

•  Multi-site depot operation

•  Manufacturing

•  Logistics, supply chain management and distribution 

For further biographical details of each Director, please visit www.howdenjoinerygroupplc.com/about/who-we-are/board/index.asp

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report 
54

55

Corporate Governance Report continued
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE AND COMPANY SECRETARY

The principal purpose of the Executive Committee is to implement the Group’s 
strategy and operational plans. 

The Committee monitors the operational and financial performance of the business, and is responsible for the optimisation of 
resources and the identification and control of operational risk within the Group. The Committee generally meets twice a month, 
or more frequently if required.

KEVIN BARRETT
Group Development Director 
& Commercial Director of the 
Trade Division

CLIVE COCKBURN
Chief Information Officer

ROB FENWICK
Chief Operating Officer:  
Howden Joinery Supply Division

GARETH HOPKINS
Interim Group HR Director

Kevin joined Howdens in 
September 2015 as a member of 
the Executive Committee.

Clive joined Howdens in October 
2002 and has been a member of 
the Executive Committee since 
January 2016.

Rob joined Howdens in January 
2001 and has been a member of 
the Executive Committee since 
April 2005.

Gareth joined Howdens in April 
2015 as a member of the Executive 
Committee.

Skills and Experience

Skills and Experience

Skills and Experience

Skills and Experience

Before joining Howdens, Kevin 
spent 10 years at Sainsbury’s 
where he held a variety of roles 
including Director of Strategy for 
the whole company, and Head 
of Distribution for Sainsbury’s 
Bank. He started his career 
as a management consultant 
at Accenture.

Clive was appointed as CIO 
having joined Howdens in 2002 
as Head of IT Infrastructure and 
Service Delivery. Prior to joining, 
he held senior IT positions in Hays 
Logistics UK, United Transport 
Limited and Exel Logistics plc.

Since October 2005, he has been 
responsible for transforming the 
Supply Division from a vertically 
integrated operation to a 
commercial organisation. Prior to 
joining Howdens, Rob worked in 
the automotive, FMCG and other 
industry sectors.

Gareth was appointed Interim 
Group HR Director having 
previously worked in the business 
as a HR consultant for 15 months. 
He has worked as an interim HR 
Director in FTSE 250 companies 
for 15 years and was previously 
Group HR Director at Dairy Crest 
and Whitworths.

THERESA KEATING
Group Finance Director

ANDY WITTS
Chief Operating Officer: 
Howden Joinery Trade Division

FORBES MCNAUGHTON
Company Secretary

Theresa joined Howdens in 
September 2000 and has been 
a member of the Executive 
Committee since February 2012.

Andy joined Howdens in July 
1995 and has been a member of 
the Executive Committee since 
September 2008.

Forbes joined Howdens in July 
2012 and was appointed Group 
Company Secretary in May 2014.

Skills and Experience

Skills and Experience

Skills and Experience

Theresa was appointed Finance 
Director in May 2014, having 
been Group Financial Controller 
since 2007. She joined the 
Group Finance team in 2000 
having previously held various 
commercial finance roles at 
Waterstones, HMV and Heals. 
Theresa is also a trustee of 
E-Act, a multi-academy trust.

Andy was one of the founding 
members of the Howdens depot 
management team, having joined 
from Magnet in 1995. He was 
promoted from the Regional 
team to become Sales Director in 
January 2007 and was appointed 
Chief Operating Officer of the 
Trade Division in January 2014.

Forbes joined the Company as 
Deputy Company Secretary 
in 2012 following a period of 
secondment from KPMG. He is a 
fellow of the Institute of Chartered 
Secretaries and Administrators 
(ICSA) and is Secretary to the 
Executive Committee as well as  
to the Board of Directors.

The CEO, CEO Designate, and 
DCEO & CFO are also members 
of the Executive Committee. 

2018 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE FRAMEWORK

Board of Directors

RICHARD PENNYCOOK
Chairman 

TIFFANY HALL
Senior Independent Director

ANDREW CRIPPS
Non-Executive Director

MARK ALLEN
Non-Executive Director

GEOFF DRABBLE
Non-Executive Director

DEBBIE WHITE
Non-Executive Director

Executive Directors

ANDREW LIVINGSTON
Chief Executive Officer*

MARK ROBSON
 Deputy Chief Executive & 
Chief Financial Officer

COMPANY 
SECRETARY

FORBES  
MCNAUGHTON

Executive Committee

KEVIN BARRETT
Group Development Director

GARETH HOPKINS
Interim Group HR Director

CLIVE COCKBURN
Chief Information Officer

THERESA KEATING
Group Finance Director

ROB FENWICK
Chief Operating Officer: 
Supply Division

ANDY WITTS
Chief Operating Officer:  
Trade Division

*Effective 2 April 2018

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report56

57

Corporate Governance Report continued
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE FRAMEWORK

THE BOARD’S ROLE
The role of the Board is to direct the affairs of the Group so that long-term, sustainable performance may be achieved which 
meets stakeholder and shareholder interests. 

The Directors are collectively responsible for developing the strategy of the Group and ensuring there are sufficient resources to 
successfully implement that strategy, and for challenging the performance and decisions of the senior management team and 
for providing counsel to the senior management team in their day-to-day running of the business. They are also responsible for 
setting and protecting the culture and values of the business – a role particularly pertinent to Howdens where integrity, respect 
and recognition are fundamental tenets of the business.

Matters which are reserved for consideration by the Board, and are not delegated to a Board Committee or to the Executive 
Committee, are detailed in a schedule which is reviewed annually (this was last reviewed and approved by the Board in November 
2017). These matters include setting the Group’s values, standards and strategy (as previously described) as well as taking 
decisions about:

• 

 acquisitions and disposals

• 

 Group borrowing facilities 

• 

 risk management

• 

 internal control

• 

 significant capital projects 

• 

 annual budgets

• 

 significant financial and operational matters

The Board also considers legislative, environmental,  
health & safety, governance and employment issues.

THE CHAIRMAN’S ROLE
The Chairman is primarily responsible for the leadership and 
effectiveness of the Board and for creating a culture of openness, 
debate and challenge in the boardroom. He is also responsible for 
ensuring effective communication with our shareholders.

The Chairman is responsible for setting the Board’s agenda (with 
support from the Company Secretary) and ensuring that adequate 
time is given to discussion of all agenda items at meetings. 

THE NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ ROLE
Non-Executive Directors have the same general 
legal responsibilities to the Company and the same 
commitment to its success as the Executive Directors. 
However, the Non-Executive Directors are removed from 
the day-to-day management of the Company and so are 
able to provide independent judgement and oversight, 
and to constructively challenge senior management. 

Non-Executive Directors are also key to providing the 
business with valuable insights, specialist knowledge 
and creative solutions gained from experience outside 
the Company. Our Non-Executive Directors, therefore, 
have been selected for the diversity of their backgrounds, 
perspectives, experience and personal attributes, as well 
as for their impressive business acumen.

DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES
The roles of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (CEO) are held by separate members of the Board and are 
clearly defined. This provides a crucial safeguard so that no one person has unlimited decision-making power 
and that no one person is responsible for monitoring their own performance. The Senior Independent Director 
(SID) role also ensures that issues may be raised in the event a principal shareholder feels unable to raise 
them with the Chairman directly and ensures that there is an alternative communication channel between the 
Chairman and the Board. 

THE EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ ROLE
As well as their general legal responsibilities as Directors of 
the Company, the Chief Executive Officer and the Deputy Chief 
Executive and Chief Financial Officer have been delegated 
the day-to-day running of the Group by the Board and are 
responsible for satisfactory execution of the policies and 
strategy agreed by the Board.

The Deputy Chief Executive Officer is responsible for the daily 
management of the business, while the Chief Executive Officer 
focuses on the business’s continuing development and the 
implementation of the strategy. The Chief Executive Officer 
also has a particular focus on maintaining and continuously 
developing the strong and unique Howdens culture, which has 
served the Company well throughout the years and continues to 
ensure its success for the future. 

SID 

CHAIRMAN

CEO

Providing an 
alternative point of 
contact for principal 
shareholders

Leading an effective 
Board, which 
provides direction 
to the Executive 
team

Continuing 
development of the 
business and the 
Howdens culture

DEPUTY CEO
Day-to-day 
management of the 
business as well 
as responsibilities 
as Chief Financial 
Officer

THE COMPANY SECRETARY’S ROLEThe Company Secretary is an officer of the Company and shares various legal obligations with the Directors. He provides the Board with guidance and advice on various governance and regulatory matters (under the direction of the Chairman) and ensures that information flows effectively and in a timely manner between the Board and the senior management, as well as within the Board and between the Board’s Committees. The Company Secretary is also responsible for developing and overseeing the systems which ensure compliance with various legal and code requirements and for supervising the day-to-day administration of the Company.THE EXTERNAL ADVISORS’ ROLEExternal advisors provide a range of services to the Board and its Committees including banking, brokerage, legal, audit, actuarial, financial PR and Executive remuneration, as well as other consulting services. Both the Executive Committee and the Board rely on such advisors to provide counsel and guidance on specialist matters when necessary. The Non-Executive Directors can engage with advisors at the Company’s expense, independent of management where appropriate.The competency, value, length of tenure and independence of advisors is reviewed by the Board on an annual basis. A list of principal advisors to the Company can be found on page 149.Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report58

59

Corporate Governance Report continued

Group Financial Performance Monitoring
Outside of Board meetings, the Board were provided with 
performance updates every four weeks and weekly updates were 
provided during peak trading. This was intended to complement 
the more detailed operational and finance reports that were 
provided at each scheduled meeting during 2017. 

Howdens Culture and Purpose
The Board attended a bespoke in-house culture training session 
in September 2017 and was also invited to attend Howdens 
events at various locations throughout the year. This gave our 
Non-Executive Directors the chance to meet with employees at 
all levels and in all divisions and served to underpin the Board’s 
understanding of the unique Howdens culture.

Board Effectiveness Evaluation
The 2017 Board evaluation was conducted internally by our Senior 
Independent Director, Tiffany Hall. Independent Board Evaluation 
(IBE)* were invited to provide support to Ms Hall, following their 
successful facilitation of the 2016 external Board evaluation. 

Further information about the 2017 Board evaluation and progress 
since the 2016 evaluation can be found in the Nominations 
Committee Report on page 70.

* 

 IBE does not have any other business relationship with the Company or with any 
member of the Board.

BOARD ACTIVITY DURING 2017
Key Agenda Items Considered
Strategy
The Board considered strategy at various points during the year. In 
particular, the Board discussed the UK depot opening programme, 
future warehousing capacity, depot manager autonomy and the 
ongoing European depot tests. 

Employee Development
The Board regularly discussed the Group’s people agenda 
during 2017, with particular regard to organisational design 
and development (including succession planning for senior 
managers). Each division’s HR heads presented to the Board and 
answered questions on topics including succession planning, 
apprenticeships and learning and development. Further 
information about our employees may be found on page 40.

Health & Safety 
Divisional H&S updates were provided at each of the scheduled 
Board meetings during 2017. Updates included information in 
relation to new training initiatives and an update on the Company’s 
journey to embrace behavioural safety, which builds on the 
extensive work already carried out on our H&S systems.

Pensions
Matters in relation to the defined benefit scheme were considered 
by the Board. However, a separate Funding and Investment 
Strategy Committee consisting of members of the Executive 
Committee was established in 2017 to provide a vehicle for 
communication with the Pension Trustees on routine funding and 
investment matters and this Committee, in conjunction with the 
Company’s actuaries, reported to the Board on these matters 
twice during the year.

Board Meeting Attendees
In addition to the Executive Directors, the Divisional Chief 
Operating Officers, the Group Finance Director, the Interim  
Group HR Director and the Company Secretary were present  
at all scheduled Board meetings during the year to take questions 
from the Non-Executive Directors.

SHAREHOLDERS AND SHARE CAPITAL
Relations with Shareholders
The Board’s relationship with both the Company’s institutional and 
private investors is considered to be very important and the Board 
readily enters into dialogue with them. The Company remains mindful 
of the stewardship obligations of institutional investors, as set out 
in the UK Stewardship Code, and will continue to work with them to 
ensure that they are able to satisfy these requirements.

Both of the Executive Directors, the Chairman, and the 
Remuneration Committee Chair (along with the Company 
Secretary) met with principal shareholders during the year to 
discuss the ongoing progress of the Company and Executive 
incentive arrangements. All of the Directors make themselves 
available for meetings with shareholders as required.

The Board receives regular reports from the Head of Investor 
Relations in relation to major shareholders and developments and 
changes in their shareholdings. Regular feedback reports are also 
commissioned by the Board from the Company’s joint brokers, 
UBS and Numis.

The Company’s corporate website, www.howdenjoinerygroupplc.
com, includes a dedicated investor relations section and provides 
an effective and easily accessible communication channel for 
existing and potential investors. 

Annual General Meeting
The 2018 Annual General Meeting (AGM) will be held at UBS,  
5 Broadgate London, EC2M 2QS on 2 May 2018 at 11:00am. 
Shareholders will have the opportunity to discuss Howdens’ 
progress and operations directly with their Board at the AGM. 

The notice of the AGM will be sent to shareholders at least  
21 clear days before the meeting and will detail the resolutions  
to be voted on.

Share Capital

Issued share classes

Ordinary only (fully paid)

Voting rights at general meetings

One vote per share

Fixed income rights

Individual special rights of control

Holding size restrictions1

Transfer restrictions1

None

None

None

None

The Directors are not aware of any agreements between holders 
of the Company’s shares that may result in restrictions on the 
transfer of shares or on voting rights.

Treasury shares
The Company held 7,420,580 ordinary shares in Treasury at the 
end of the period (30 December 2017). Shares held in Treasury 
have no voting rights and are used solely for the satisfaction of 
employee share awards.

1 

 Governed by the general provisions of the Articles of Association (which may be 
amended by special resolution of the shareholders) and prevailing legislation. 

Employee share awards
Details of employee share schemes are set out in note 24 on page 
125. Shares held by the Howden Joinery Group Plc Employee Share 
Trust abstain from voting at the Company’s general meetings.

Acquisition of the Company’s own shares
During 2017, the Company returned nearly £48m to shareholders 
by repurchasing 11,171,060 of its ordinary shares (representing a 
nominal value of £1,117,106), which equated to 1.8% of the called 
up share capital of the Company at the beginning of the period 
(excluding Treasury shares). Repurchased shares are either placed 
into Treasury for the satisfaction of employee share awards or 
are cancelled.

At the AGM on 2 May 2017, the Directors were granted authority 
by shareholders to purchase up to 63,119,324 of the Company’s 
ordinary shares through the market2. The authority expires at the 
conclusion of the next AGM or within 15 months from the date of 
passing the resolution (whichever is earlier).

Substantial shareholdings
As at 28 February 2018, the Company had been notified in 
accordance with Rule 5 of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules, 
of the following voting rights as a shareholder of the Company:

Substantial Shareholder

Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

Standard Life Aberdeen plc

FMR LLC

% of total  
voting 
rights

Date of last 
notification

5.1% 

Aug 2017

7.1%

Aug 2017

Below 5%

Jan 2017

The percentage interest is as stated by the shareholder at the time 
of notification and current interests may vary.

Significant agreements
There are a number of agreements that take effect, alter or 
terminate upon a change of control such as commercial contracts, 
bank loan agreements and employee share plans. The only one of 
these which is considered to be significant in terms of likely impact 
on the business of the Group as a whole is the bank facility (as 
described in note 18), which requires majority lender consent for 
any change of control.

If the lender were not prepared to consent to a change of control, a 
mandatory repayment of the entire facility would be triggered. The 
Directors are not aware of any agreements between the Company 
and its Directors or employees that provide for compensation for 
loss of office or employment that occurs because of a takeover bid.

2  

 At prices ranging between 10p and the higher of (a) 105% of the average middle 
market quotation for an ordinary share as derived from the London Stock Exchange 
Daily Official List for the five business days immediately preceding the day on 
which the ordinary share is purchased; and (b) an amount equal to the higher of 
the price of the last independent trade of an ordinary share and the highest current 
independent bid for an ordinary share as derived from the London Stock Exchange 
Trading System.

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report60

61

Corporate Governance Report continued

Risk and Internal Control
The Board is responsible for the Group’s systems of internal 
control and for reviewing its effectiveness, whilst the role of 
management is to implement Board policies on risk and control.

Such a system is, however, designed to manage rather than 
eliminate the risks of failure to achieve business objectives. In 
pursuing these objectives, internal controls can only provide 
reasonable assurance against misstatement or loss. The UK 
Corporate Governance Code recommends that the Board reviews 
the effectiveness of the Group’s system of internal controls at 
least annually, including financial, operational and compliance 
controls, and risk management.

The Board has conducted reviews of the effectiveness of the 
system of internal controls through the processes described 
within the principal risks and uncertainties section of the Strategic 
Report on page 28 and 29 and are satisfied that it accords both 
with the UK Corporate Governance Code and with the Turnbull 
Guidance. The Board has not identified or been advised of any 
failings or weaknesses which it has determined to be significant.

Risk management
The Group’s risk assessment process and the way in which 
significant business risks are managed is a key area of focus for 
the Board. 

The Group’s assessment of the principal risks and uncertainties, 
as described within the Strategic Report on page 28 and 29, 
outlines the ongoing process for identifying, evaluating and 
managing the significant risks faced by the Group. 

The Board confirms that it has conducted a robust assessment of 
the principal risks. In July 2017, it identified health and safety as 
a further principal risk, which has been disclosed as part of the 
principal risks disclosure.

Internal control
The Group has an established framework of internal controls, 
which includes the following key elements:

•  The Board reviews Group strategy, and the Executive 

Committee are accountable for performance within the  
agreed strategy.

•  The Group and its subsidiaries operate control procedures 
designed to ensure complete and accurate accounting of 
financial transactions and to limit exposure to loss of assets  
or fraud.

•  The Audit Committee meets regularly and its responsibilities 
are set out in the Audit Committee Report. It receives reports 
from the Internal Audit function on the results of work carried 
out under an annually agreed audit programme. The Audit 
Committee has full and unfettered access to the internal and 
external auditors.

•  The Internal Audit function facilitates a process whereby 

operating entities provide certified statements of compliance 
with specified and appropriate key financial controls. These 
controls are then cyclically tested by Internal Audit to ensure 
they remain effective, and are being consistently applied.

•  The Audit Committee will annually assess the effectiveness of 
the assurance provided by the internal and external auditors. 
Every five years an external assessment is also undertaken 
with regard to the assurance provided by the Internal Audit 
department. An external assessment was undertaken by Grant 
Thornton in 2017 and further information may be found in the 
Audit Committee Report on page 85.

Conflicts of Interest
The Companies Act 2006 places a duty upon Directors to ensure 
that they do not, without the Company’s prior consent, place 
themselves in a position where there is a conflict, or possible 
conflict, between the duties they owe the Company and either 
their personal interests or other duties they owe to a third party.

If any Director becomes aware that they, or any party connected 
to them, have an interest in an existing or proposed transaction 
with the Company, they must notify the Board as soon as 
practicable. The Board has the authority to authorise a conflict  
if it is determined that to do so would be in the best interests of 
the Company.

COMPLIANCE TABLE

We have complied with all the provisions of the April 2016 version of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code (the “Code”).
Throughout the 53 weeks ended 30 December 2017, the Company was fully compliant with the main and supporting provisions 
of the Code. A full version of the Code may be found on the Financial Reporting Council’s website: www.frc.org.uk. 

The Code sets standards of good practice in relation to board leadership and effectiveness, accountability, remuneration and relations  
with shareholders. Below we have stated how we have addressed each of the main principles in turn. 

SECTION A: LEADERSHIP

A1 THE ROLE OF THE BOARD

A3 THE CHAIRMAN

“ Every company should be headed by an effective board 
“ Every company should be headed by an effective board 
“ Every company should be headed by an effective board 
which is collectively responsible for the long-term success 
which is collectively responsible for the long-term success    
which is collectively responsible for the long-term success 
of the company.”
of the company.”
of the company.”

•  The Board held eight formal meetings during 2017. Individual 

Directors’ attendance may be found on page 51. The number of 
meetings and the attendance of each Board Committee may also 
be found on the following pages:

 ‒ Nominations Committee: page 65

 ‒ Remuneration Committee: page 72

 ‒ Audit Committee: page 85

•  A formal schedule of matters which only the Board may take 

decisions on is available on the Howdens website.

•  The Company maintains appropriate insurance cover against legal 
action brought against it or its subsidiaries, Directors and Officers. 
It has also provided indemnities to the Directors (to the extent 
permitted by the Companies Act 2006) in respect of liabilities 
incurred as a result of their office. Neither the indemnity nor 
insurance provides cover in the event that the Director is proved to 
have acted dishonestly or fraudulently.

A2 DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES

“ There should be a clear division of responsibilities at 
“ There should be a clear division of responsibilities at 
“ There should be a clear division of responsibilities at 
the head of the company between the running of the 
the head of the company between the running of the 
the head of the company between the running of the 
board and the executive responsibility for the running of 
board and the executive responsibility for the running of 
board and the executive responsibility for the running of 
the company’s business. No one individual should have 
the company’s business. No one individual should have 
the company’s business. No one individual should have 
unfettered powers of decision.”
unfettered powers of decision.”
unfettered powers of decision.”

•  The roles of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer are separate and 

clearly defined. They are not exercised by the same individual. 

•  The responsibilities of each role have been set out in writing and 

agreed by the Board. 

•  Further information about the separation of the roles and how  

they work together for the success of Howdens may be found on 
page 57.

“ The chairman is responsible for leadership of the board and 
“ The chairman is responsible for leadership of the board and 
“ The chairman is responsible for leadership of the board and 
ensuring its effectiveness on all aspects of its role.”
ensuring its effectiveness on all aspects of its role.”
ensuring its effectiveness on all aspects of its role.”

•   The Chairman was considered independent on appointment. 

•  The Chairman sets the agendas for all Board meetings and ensures 

sufficient time is given to each agenda item.

•   The Chairman ensures the full Board receives accurate and clear 
information in a timely fashion (please see B5 ‘Information and 
Support’ on page 62 for further information). 

•   All the Directors are encouraged by the Chairman to participate in 

constructive and open discussions during meetings.

A4 NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

“ As part of their role as members of a unitary board, non-
“ As part of their role as members of a unitary board, non-
“ As part of their role as members of a unitary board, non-
executive directors should constructively challenge and 
executive directors should constructively challenge and 
executive directors should constructively challenge and 
help develop proposals on strategy.”
help develop proposals on strategy.”
help develop proposals on strategy.”

•  The diversity of skills, experience, approach and mindset of 

our Non-Executive Directors mean that they are well placed to 
effectively scrutinise both strategy and operational management. 
In addition to the Executive Directors, members of the Executive 
Committee are frequently present in person at Board meetings 
where Non-Executive Directors can hold them directly accountable.

•  Tiffany Hall is the Senior Independent Director.  
She provides a valuable sounding board for the  
Chairman and intermediary for the other  
Directors. She is also available for  
shareholders to contact with concerns  
which cannot be resolved via the Chairman  
or the Executive Directors.

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report62

63

Corporate Governance Report continued
COMPLIANCE TABLE CONTINUED

SECTION B: EFFECTIVENESS

SECTION C: ACCOUNTABILITY

SECTION D: REMUNERATION

B1 BOARD COMPOSITION

B4 DEVELOPMENT

C1 FINANCIAL AND BUSINESS REPORTING

D1 LEVEL AND COMPONENTS OF REMUNERATION

“ The board and its committees should have the appropriate 
“ The board and its committees should have the appropriate 
“ The board and its committees should have the appropriate 
balance of skills, experience, independence and knowledge 
balance of skills, experience, independence and knowledge 
balance of skills, experience, independence and knowledge 
of the company to enable them to discharge their respective 
of the company to enable them to discharge their respective 
of the company to enable them to discharge their respective 
duties and responsibilities effectively.”
duties and responsibilities effectively.”
duties and responsibilities effectively.”

•  The Nominations Committee regularly reviews the size, composition 
and structure of the Board and makes recommendations to the 
Board for all new appointments and reappointments. It considers 
whether there are any gaps in skill, experience or knowledge on the 
Board when assessing Board effectiveness. Details of the work of 
the Nominations Committee may be found on pages 65 to 71.

•  At least half of the Directors were independent throughout the 

year. Further information on Board composition may be found on 
pages 52 and 53.

B2 BOARD APPOINTMENTS

“ There should be a formal, rigorous and transparent 
“ There should be a formal, rigorous and transparent 
“ There should be a formal, rigorous and transparent 
procedure for the appointment of new directors to 
procedure for the appointment of new directors to 
procedure for the appointment of new directors to 
the board.”
the board.”
the board.”

•   The Nominations Committee is responsible for leading any process 

of appointing new directors to the Board. 

•  The Nominations Committee will only recommend individuals for 

appointment who subscribe to Howdens’ shared values. They must 
also understand and be sympathetic to our entrepreneurial culture 
and unique business model. 

•  Further detail regarding CEO succession may be found in the case 

study on page 68. 

•  Further information on Boardroom diversity may be found on page 

67 of the Nominations Committee Report.

“ All directors should receive induction on joining the board 
“ All directors should receive induction on joining the board 
“ All directors should receive induction on joining the board 
and should regularly update and refresh their skills and 
and should regularly update and refresh their skills and 
and should regularly update and refresh their skills and 
knowledge.”
knowledge.”
knowledge.”

•   A tailored induction programme is undertaken by all new Directors. 

Further information on inductions can be found on page 69.

•   Non-Executive Directors are invited to attend Howdens’ events at 

different locations and to meet with employees of all levels. 

•   Individual training and development needs are considered as 
part of the annual Board evaluation process. Formal training 
is also provided when there are specific legal and regulatory 
developments.

B5 INFORMATION AND SUPPORT

“ The board should be supplied in a timely manner with 
“ The board should be supplied in a timely manner with 
“ The board should be supplied in a timely manner with 
information in a form and of a quality appropriate to enable 
information in a form and of a quality appropriate to enable 
information in a form and of a quality appropriate to enable 
it to discharge its duties.”
it to discharge its duties.”
it to discharge its duties.”

•   With the support of the Company Secretary, the Chairman ensures 
accurate, quality and timely information is available to the Board 
via an electronic portal. The use of an electronic portal ensures 
information is disseminated quickly and securely.

•   The Company Secretary, under the Chairman’s direction, ensures 
information flows effectively within the Board and its Committees 
and between the Executive Committee and the Non-Executive 
Directors. 

•  The Company Secretary ensures that all Board procedures are 

complied with and that all of the Directors have direct access to his 
advice and services.

B3 COMMITMENT

B6 EVALUATION

“ All directors should be able to allocate sufficient time to the 
“ All directors should be able to allocate sufficient time to the 
“ All directors should be able to allocate sufficient time to the 
company to discharge their responsibilities effectively.”
company to discharge their responsibilities effectively.”
company to discharge their responsibilities effectively.”

•  Each of the Directors’ external commitments is set out in 
their biographies on pages 52 and 53. None of our Non-
Executive Directors currently holds more than two non-executive 
directorships in other UK publically-listed companies and none of 
our full time Executive Directors holds any directorship in a FTSE 
100 company.

•  Each Director’s conditions of appointment is made available for 
inspection at the AGM and at the Company’s registered office 
during normal business hours.

“ The board should undertake a formal and rigorous 
“ The board should undertake a formal and rigorous 
“ The board should undertake a formal and rigorous 
annual evaluation of its own performance and that of its 
annual evaluation of its own performance and that of its 
annual evaluation of its own performance and that of its 
committees and individual directors.”
committees and individual directors.”
committees and individual directors.”

•  The 2017 Board evaluation was lead by the Senior Independent 
Director, Tiffany Hall, with support from Independent Board 
Evaluation, who facilitated the 2016 external evaluation. Details of 
the evaluation, including recommendations, may be found on  
page 70.

B7 RE-ELECTION

“ All directors should be submitted for re-election at regular 
“ All directors should be submitted for re-election at regular 
“ All directors should be submitted for re-election at regular 
intervals, subject to continued satisfactory performance.”
intervals, subject to continued satisfactory performance.”
intervals, subject to continued satisfactory performance.”

•  At the 2018 Annual General Meeting, each Director will stand for 
election or re-election, with the exception of Matthew Ingle who  
will retire as a Director on 2 April 2018.

“ Executive directors’ remuneration should be designed 
“ Executive directors’ remuneration should be designed 
“ Executive directors’ remuneration should be designed 
to promote the long-term success of the company. 
to promote the long-term success of the company. 
to promote the long-term success of the company. 
Performance-related elements should be transparent, 
Performance-related elements should be transparent, 
Performance-related elements should be transparent, 
stretching and rigorously applied.”
stretching and rigorously applied.”
stretching and rigorously applied.”

•  Our remuneration policy is designed to incentivise our Executive 
Directors by aligning the way we reward them with the long-term 
strategic ambitions of Howdens. This in turn aligns the interests of 
the Executive Directors with those of our shareholders.

•  Howdens’ executive remuneration policy is predicated on the 

principles of fairness and proportionality. It has been designed with 
the intention that it is easy to understand, that it is aligned with 
the wider reward practices for the wider workforce and provides 
safeguards against payment for sub-standard performance.

D2 PROCEDURE

“ There should be a formal and transparent procedure 
“ There should be a formal and transparent procedure    
“ There should be a formal and transparent procedure 
for developing policy on executive remuneration and 
for developing policy on executive remuneration and    
for developing policy on executive remuneration and 
for fixing the remuneration packages of individual 
for fixing the remuneration packages of individual 
for fixing the remuneration packages of individual 
directors. No director should be involved in deciding 
directors. No director should be involved in deciding    
directors. No director should be involved in deciding 
his or her own remuneration.”
his or her own remuneration.”
his or her own remuneration.”

•  The Remuneration Committee is responsible for setting the 
remuneration of our Executive Directors. The Remuneration 
Committee Report may be found on pages 72 to 84.

•  The Remuneration Committee is made up of five independent  
Non-Executive Directors. The Chairman of the Board is not a 
member of the Remuneration Committee.

•  No Director is involved in deciding their own remuneration.

•  PwC provides remuneration consultancy services to the 

Remuneration Committee. 

“ The board should present a fair, balanced and 
“ The board should present a fair, balanced and 
“ The board should present a fair, balanced and 
understandable assessment of the company’s position    
understandable assessment of the company’s position 
understandable assessment of the company’s position 
and prospects.”
and prospects.”
and prospects.”

•  Howdens’ annual performance, business model and strategy  

may be found within the Strategic Report (pages 7 to 49).

•  The Directors’ going concern and viability statements may be  

found on pages 33 and 34.

C2 RISK MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL CONTROL

“ The board is responsible for determining the nature and 
“ The board is responsible for determining the nature and 
“ The board is responsible for determining the nature and 
extent of the principal risks it is willing to take in achieving 
extent of the principal risks it is willing to take in achieving 
extent of the principal risks it is willing to take in achieving 
its strategic objectives. The board should maintain sound 
its strategic objectives. The board should maintain sound 
its strategic objectives. The board should maintain sound 
risk management and internal control systems.”
risk management and internal control systems.”
risk management and internal control systems.”

•  The Board is responsible for the Group’s systems of internal control 

and risk management, and for reviewing their effectiveness. 
The Board is assisted with these responsibilities by the Audit 
Committee.

•  The principal risks and uncertainties facing Howdens may be 

found on pages 30 to 32.

C3 AUDIT COMMITTEE AND AUDITORS

“ The board should establish formal and transparent 
“ The board should establish formal and transparent 
“ The board should establish formal and transparent 
arrangements for considering how they should apply the 
arrangements for considering how they should apply the 
arrangements for considering how they should apply the 
corporate reporting and risk management and internal 
corporate reporting and risk management and internal 
corporate reporting and risk management and internal 
control principles and for maintaining an appropriate 
control principles and for maintaining an appropriate 
control principles and for maintaining an appropriate 
relationship with the company’s auditors.”
relationship with the company’s auditors.”
relationship with the company’s auditors.”

•  The Audit Committee is comprised of five independent Non-
Executive Directors. The Chairman is not a member of the  
Audit Committee.

•  The Audit Committee has at least one Audit Committee member 

with recent and relevant financial experience (please see page 91 
of the Audit Committee Report for more information). 

•  The Audit Committee, as a whole, has competence in the various 

relevant sectors which Howdens operates within (please see page 
91 of the Audit Committee Report for more information).

•  The Audit Committee has recommended that the auditor, Deloitte 

LLP, be reappointed at the 2018 Annual General Meeting. 
Information about audit rotation can be found on page 89.

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report64

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2016

65

Corporate Governance Report continued
COMPLIANCE TABLE CONTINUED

Nominations Committee Report

SECTION E: RELATIONS WITH SHAREHOLDERS

E1 DIALOGUE WITH SHAREHOLDERS

“ There should be a dialogue with shareholders based on the 
“ There should be a dialogue with shareholders based on the 
“ There should be a dialogue with shareholders based on the 
mutual understanding of objectives. The board as a whole 
mutual understanding of objectives. The board as a whole 
mutual understanding of objectives. The board as a whole 
has responsibility for ensuring that a satisfactory dialogue 
has responsibility for ensuring that a satisfactory dialogue 
has responsibility for ensuring that a satisfactory dialogue 
with shareholders takes place.”
with shareholders takes place.”
with shareholders takes place.”

•  Both Executive and Non-Executive Directors met with shareholders 
during the year to discuss strategy, performance and governance 
matters.

•  Non-Executive Directors receive regular updates from the Deputy 
Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer at Board meetings as 
to share price movement, shareholder sentiment and significant 
changes to the share register. The Company Secretary updates 
the Board at regular intervals as to wider Corporate Governance 
developments.

E2 CONSTRUCTIVE USE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

“ The board should use general meetings to communicate 
“ The board should use general meetings to communicate 
“ The board should use general meetings to communicate 
with investors and to encourage their participation.”
with investors and to encourage their participation.”
with investors and to encourage their participation.”

•  The Annual General Meeting provides an opportunity for 

shareholders to meet with the Board and to ask questions 
pertaining to the business of the meeting, as well as about the 
business more generally.

•  Where shareholders cannot attend the Annual General Meeting,  

we encourage them to submit their votes via a proxy.

•  The full Board attends the Annual General Meeting and the Chairs  

of the Board committees are available to answer questions. 

•  Separate resolutions will be proposed on each substantially 

separate issue and the numbers of proxy votes cast for and against 
each resolution will be made available to shareholders via the 
corporate website and the London Stock Exchange news service 
once voting has been completed.

By order of the Board 

Richard Pennycook
Chairman

28 February 2018

INTRODUCTION FROM THE CHAIR OF THE COMMITTEE
INTRODUCTION FROM THE CHAIR OF THE COMMITTEE
INTRODUCTION FROM THE CHAIR OF THE COMMITTEE
The role of the Nominations Committee is to set the people 
agenda of the business. Ensuring that there is a fair, orderly 
succession for appointments to the Board is its primary purpose 
and therefore, by design and by default, the Nominations 
Committee plays a vital role in influencing the culture, 
strategy and long-term success of the business by making 
recommendations on appointment to the Board.

Committee) sets the tone for the rest of the business and 
during 2018 the Nominations Committee will dedicate more 
time to consideration of diversity (in all its guises) across the 
business as a whole. Our priority will always be to ensure a 
diversity of perspective but we must also recognise the wider 
societal issues and responsibilities which come with being a 
responsible employer.

This is never more true than when considering an appointment 
for a new Chief Executive Officer. Succession planning for 
a high-performing founder CEO presents some unique and 
interesting challenges given that it is a situation which occurs 
so infrequently. We have provided more detail about the CEO 
succession process in the case study on page 68 but needless 
to say, recruitment of our new CEO dominated the agenda for the 
Nominations Committee during 2017.

That said, during 2017 the Nominations Committee also 
managed to discharge its recurring duties addressing big 
issues such as boardroom diversity and non-executive director 
succession planning. On issues such as diversity, it is imperative 
that the Board (facilitated by the work of the Nominations 

The ongoing effectiveness of the Board is also important during 
periods of transition in the top team. We engaged Independent 
Board Evaluation (IBE) to undertake our external Board 
effectiveness review in 2016 which was undertaken shortly 
after I had assumed the role of Chairman of the Board. In order 
to ensure a continuum from the external process, we asked 
IBE to support our internal review process in 2017 which was 
undertaken by our Senior Independent Director. Ensuring that 
we fully revisited the observations and recommendations from 
the external effectiveness evaluation in 2016 helped ensure 
that our 2017 effectiveness review was more a iterative process 
than in previous years. More detail about the methodology and 
recommendations can be found later in the report.

MEETING ATTENDANCE
MEETING ATTENDANCE
MEETING ATTENDANCE
The Committee meets at least twice a year and at any other 
such time as the Chairman of the Committee requires. Only the 
attendance of members of this committee is shown in the table 
below, although other Directors, where appropriate, have often 
also attended at the invitation of the Committee Chair.

In compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code and the 
Committee’s terms of reference, during the year the Nominations 
Committee consisted wholly of independent Non-Executive 
Directors and the Chairman of the Board. Subject to successful 
annual re-election to the Board, appointments to the Nominations 
Committee are for a period of three years, which may be extended 
by the Committee provided the Director remains independent.

Richard 
Pennycook*

No. of 
meetings

Attendance
Attendance
Attendance

4

100%100%100%

Mark  
Allen

4

100%100%100%

Andrew  
Cripps

Geoff  
Drabble

Tiffany  
Hall

Michael  
Wemms1

Debbie 
White2

4

100%100%100%

4

100%100%100%

4

100%100%100%

3

100%100%100%

1

100%100%100%

Nominations Committee Terms of Reference – www.howdenjoinerygroupplc.com/investors/governance/nomination/index.asp

1   

2   

 Michael retired from the Board on 2 May 2017.

 Debbie was appointed to the Nominations Committee following the completion  
of her induction programme.

* 

Denotes Chair of Committee

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l

a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A

 
 
 
 
66

67

Nominations Committee Report continued

BOARD COMPOSITION

BOARD COMPOSITION CONTINUED

Role of the Nominations committee
Role of the Nominations committee
Role of the Nominations committee
• 

 Regularly reviews the structure, size and composition (including the skills, knowledge, experience and diversity) required of the 
Board compared to its current position and makes recommendations to the Board with regard to any changes

• 

 Gives full consideration to succession planning for Directors and certain other senior executives in the course of its work, taking 
into account the challenges and opportunities facing the Company, and what skills and expertise are therefore needed on the 
Board in the future

• 

 Formulates plans for succession for both Executive and Non-Executive Directors and in particular for the key roles of Chairman 
and Chief Executive Officer

• 

 Identifies and nominates candidates to fill Board vacancies as and when they arise, for the approval of the Board

• 

• 

• 

• 

 As part of the process for nominating candidates for appointment, obtains details of and reviews any interests the candidate may 
have which conflict or may conflict with the interests of the Company

 Keeps under review the leadership needs of the organisation, both Executive and Non-Executive, with a view to ensuring the 
continued ability of the organisation to compete effectively in the marketplace

 Makes recommendations to the Board regarding the membership of the Audit, Nominations and Remuneration Committees, and 
any other Board Committees as appropriate, in consultation with the chair of each committee

 Recommends, or not, the re-appointment of any Non-Executive Director at the conclusion of their specified term of office and the 
re-election by shareholders of any Director under the annual re-election provisions, in each case having given due regard to their 
performance and ability to continue to contribute to the Board in the light of the knowledge, skills and experience required

•  Considering any matters relating to the continuation in office of any Director at any time including the suspension or termination 
of service of an Executive Director as an employee of the Company subject to the provisions of the law and their service contract

Supporting actions, processes and information:
Supporting actions, processes and information:
Supporting actions, processes and information:

DIRECTOR SUCCESSION
DIRECTOR SUCCESSION
DIRECTOR SUCCESSION
An effective Nominations Committee will establish a stable 
leadership framework. Part of its work must also be to 
proactively manage change to reassess the future leadership 
needs of the Company. 

As detailed in the remainder of this report and in the case study 
on page 68, the Nominations Committee has successfully 
managed a Board succession programme which has ensured 
a smooth introduction of both Executive and Non-Executive 
Directors to the Board.

The Nominations Committee remains committed to a 
programme of reviewing and refreshing the Non-Executive 
membership of the Board to ensure there is sufficient balance 
between the introduction of fresh perspectives and the 
maintenance of continuity and stability. Where possible, the 
Board will ensure a phased transition of Non-Executives in order 
to avoid wholesale changes to the make-up of the Board (see 
chart to the right for tenures of the Non-Executive Directors).

Non-Executive Tenure 
Non-Executive Tenure    
Non-Executive Tenure 
as at 30 December 2017
as at 30 December 2017
as at 30 December 2017
4
1

Years

3

0

2

5

6

7

8

9

Tiffany Hall

Mark Allen

Geoff Drabble

Andrew Cripps

Debbie White

At the Nominations Committee meeting in February 2017, 
the Committee recommended to the Board that it appoint 
Debbie White as Non-Executive Director. From a strong field of 
candidates, it was felt that Debbie provided the best diversity 
of perspective and cultural fit to help with the leadership of the 
business in the long-term.

After careful consideration, the Committee also recommended to 
the Board that Mark Allen should be reappointed as Non-Executive 
Director with effect from May 2017. Having served on the Board 
for six years, Mark’s appointment was agreed by the Board and 
extended for a further three years. 

Group diversity policy
Group diversity policy
Group diversity policy
The Group promotes the importance of diversity and adopts an Equal 
Opportunities Policy under which training and career development 
opportunities are available to all employees, regardless of gender, 
religion or race. 

The Nominations Committee also considers Executive Director 
succession as part of its routine succession planning process and 
during 2017 it recommended that Andrew Livingston be appointed 
as successor to Matthew Ingle as Chief Executive Officer following 
the latter’s retirement in 2018. Further information about the 
recruitment process can be found in the case study on page 68.

Senior Independent Director Succession
Tiffany Hall was appointed Senior Independent Director in April 
2017. She replaced Michael Wemms who had served as Senior 
Independent Director since November 2006. Michael undertook 
a number effectiveness evaluations on behalf of the Board and 
was responsible for overseeing the Chairman succession process 
during 2015.

DIVERSITY 
DIVERSITY 
DIVERSITY 
Boardroom Diversity
Boardroom Diversity
Boardroom Diversity
The Board recognises the importance of ensuring that there 
is diversity of perspective, background and approach in its 
management team and on its Board. Since the business was 
established in 1995, it has sought to enable individuals to progress 
within the organisation regardless of age, gender, background or 
formal qualifications. 

We believe that it is in the interests of the business and of its 
shareholders for us to build a stable, cohesive and representative 
Board. Whilst the setting of targets on particular aspects of 
diversity may be relevant in many cases, we feel that this could  
be given inappropriate focus within the context of a smaller  
board, resulting in the possible overlooking of certain well-
qualified candidates. 

The Nominations Committee will continue to seek diversity 
of mindset as well as of gender, race, and background when 
considering new appointments in the period to 2019, and it  
will continue to review this policy on an annual basis to ensure  
it remains appropriate. More widely, we are committed to 
developing a long-term pipeline of executive talent that reflects  
the diversity of Howdens’ business and its stakeholders. As at  
30 December 2017, 25% of Board members were women. 

Both of the Executive Directors were male.

The Group is committed to meeting the code of practice on the 
employment of disabled people and full and fair consideration is 
given to disabled applicants for employment. It aims to do all that is 
practicable to meet its responsibility towards the employment and 
training of disabled people. The Group welcomes, and considers 
fully, applications by disabled persons, having regard to their 
particular aptitudes and abilities. It is also the Group’s policy to 
retain employees who may become disabled while in service and to 
provide appropriate training.

Group Gender Diversity Statistics 
Group Gender Diversity Statistics    
Group Gender Diversity Statistics 
The Nominations Committee reviews the gender statistics shown 
in the chart to the left against Office for National Statistics (ONS) 
averages each year and, in relation to gender diversity in the 
Board, against other FTSE250 company averages. Similarly, where 
other data is available, this is presented to the Committee in order 
to determine whether there are any implicit diversity issues.

Group Gender Diversity (as at 30 December 2017)
Group Gender Diversity (as at 30 December 2017)
Group Gender Diversity (as at 30 December 2017)

Board (8)
 Male 
 Female

Executive Committee  
Members (8)* 
 Male 
 Female

2,597

32

1

2

6

7

116

6,630

Senior Management 
Group (148)

 Male 
 Female

Group (9,224)
 Male 
 Female

* including Executive Directors

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report68

69

Nominations Committee Report continued

Case Study: CEO Succession

The Nominations Committee has considered Executive 
Director succession as part of its routine succession planning 
for a number of years. In 2016, Matthew Ingle indicated that 
he would consider retirement conditional upon the Board 
identifying a suitable successor as CEO. The Nominations 
Committee therefore agreed to identify, at the appropriate time, 
an individual who, should it become necessary, would ultimately 
be able to undertake the role of CEO of Howdens.

The Nominations Committee, supported by the Interim Group 
HR Director and the Company Secretary, agreed:

•  A specification for the role and responsibilities for a new CEO 
(alongside the roles and responsibilities of the Chairman and 
Senior Independent Director);

• 

 To appoint Zygos as the external search partner*; and

• 

 An interview and selection process.

It was also agreed that the Company Secretary was responsible 
for ensuring that the approved process steps were followed. 

The Nominations Committee requested that the Remuneration 
Committee determine an indicative reward package but that 
this should be in line with the Remuneration Policy for Executive 
Directors. With the assistance of Zygos, a long list of candidates 
was drawn up for consideration by the Nominations Committee. 
Both internal and external candidates were invited to participate 
in the process.

The Nominations Committee considered formal appraisals of 
all candidates selected from the long-list. A significant number 
of the candidates met with the Chairman and some of the 
Non-Executive Directors. Following the conclusion of these 
meetings, the Nominations Committee met to agree a short list 
of candidates. 

* 

 Zygos does not have any other business relationship with the Company.

Three candidates were considered for further consideration. 
All three candidates met with the Non-Executive Directors and 
the Chairman. References were taken for each candidate and 
psychometric profiles undertaken for selected candidates. 
Following a further Nominations Committee meeting, it was 
agreed to seek to engage with a particular individual and agree 
contract terms. 

The Remuneration Committee, with support from the Interim 
Group HR Director, worked with Matthew Ingle to agree a 
retirement arrangement which was fair and in line with the 
Remuneration Policy. The Committee also agreed an onboarding 
package with the new CEO which took account of the bonus 
and long-term incentives he would forfeit from leaving his 
previous role. More information and detail about both Matthew 
and Andrew’s remuneration arrangements can be found in the 
Remuneration Committee Report, which starts on page 72.

After contractual arrangements had been agreed with both 
parties in principle, the Board met on 6 July 2017 to consider 
the recommendations of both the Nominations Committee and 
the Remuneration Committee. They unanimously approved the 
proposals and internal and external announcements were made 
on 7 July.

Having successfully secured a suitable candidate for the role 
and discharged its announcement obligations, the Nominations 
Committee tasked the Interim Group HR Director with 
formulating transitional arrangements for the outgoing and 
incoming CEOs which included a detailed induction plan for  
the new CEO Designate.

Andrew Livingston joined Howdens on 29 January 2018 as 
CEO Designate.

BOARD EFFECTIVENESS

Role of the Nominations committee
Role of the Nominations committee
Role of the Nominations committee
• 

 Provides appropriate and timely training, both in the form of an induction programme for new members and on an ongoing basis 
for all members

• 

• 

 Annually reviews the time required from Non-Executive Directors and undertakes a performance evaluation to assess whether 
Non-Executive Directors are spending enough time to fulfil their duties

 Ensures that on appointment to the Board, Non-Executive Directors receive a formal letter of appointment setting out clearly 
what is expected of them in terms of time commitment, committee service and involvement outside Board meetings

Supporting actions, processes and information:
Supporting actions, processes and information:
Supporting actions, processes and information:

DIRECTOR INDUCTION AND TRAINING
DIRECTOR INDUCTION AND TRAINING
DIRECTOR INDUCTION AND TRAINING
All new Directors undertake an induction programme upon 
joining the Board. Whilst each induction programme is 
tailored to the specific needs of the individual, we strive 
to provide a dynamic introduction to the real nature of the 
business through the provision of specifically selected 
information, by meeting with individuals (both internal 
and external) who are central to the ongoing success of 
the business and by visiting key sites such as depots, 
manufacturing sites and distribution centres.

The Nominations Committee recognises that regular re-
acquaintance with the culture of the business underpins the 
effectiveness of Non-Executive Directors. Non-Executive 
Directors are encouraged to meet with Howdens’ employees  
at all levels in order to maintain a broad view of the business. 
Non-Executive Directors are also invited to attend Howdens’ 
events following their initial induction. 

During 2017, all Directors also received bespoke Howdens 
culture training, developed in-house for depot staff and 
management.

The individual training and development needs of Directors are 
also considered as part of the annual Board evaluation process. 
Ongoing training and development for the Directors includes 
attendance at formal conferences and internal events as well  
as briefings from external advisers.

Directors are also encouraged to attend external seminars and 
briefings as part of their continuous professional development. 
All members of the Board are members of the Deloitte Academy 
which provides in-depth updates on financial reporting and 
corporate governance matters.

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report70

71

Nominations Committee Report continued

BOARD EFFECTIVENESS EVALUATION
BOARD EFFECTIVENESS EVALUATION
BOARD EFFECTIVENESS EVALUATION
In line with the Board’s policy to undertake an external Board effectiveness review every three years and following the evaluation conducted 
by Independent Board Evaluation (IBE) in 2016, the 2017 review was undertaken by the Senior Independent Director. In order to ensure that 
we built on the progress made following the 2016 report, IBE were engaged to provide support to the Senior Independent Director for the 
2017 effectiveness evaluation. The evaluation focused on the following areas:

•  Role and performance of the Chairman

•  Shareholder relations: accountability and communication 

•  Strategy 

•  Governance, compliance and risk 

•  Board dynamics, focus and priorities 

•  Succession planning: Board and Executive Committee

•  Board Composition: culture, skills and diversity 

•  Decision-making: objectivity, process and outcomes 

•  Board papers and presentations 

•  2016 Recommendations 

•  Emerging issues and future challenges for the board 

Methodology
Methodology
Methodology

September 2017
September 2017   
September 2017
The evaluation methodology 
and agenda were agreed with 
the Chairman and Company 
Secretary.

October and 
October and    
October and 
November 2017   
November 2017
November 2017
Interviews with Board 
members, the Company 
Secretary and the Interim 
Group HR Director 
commence.

December 2017
December 2017   
December 2017
The conclusions of the 
evaluation, including 
the observations and 
recommendations for the 
main Board are presented 
to the Chairman.

January 2018
January 2018   
January 2018
The main observations and 
recommendations from the 
evaluation are presented to 
the Board.

GOVERNANCE

Role of the Nominations committee
•  Gives due consideration to laws and regulations, the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code and the requirements 
of the UK Listing Authority’s Listing, Prospectus and Disclosure and Transparency Rules and any other applicable rules, as 
appropriate

Supporting actions, processes and information:

THE NOMINATIONS COMMITTEE IN 2018
The Nominations Committee is scheduled to meet at least twice 
during 2018. It will continue to consider Board succession and 
review the balance of skills on the Board. In addition, it will 
also assess the time commitment and performance of Non-
Executive Directors, plan the board evaluation process, discuss 
boardroom diversity, and review the Committee’s terms of 
reference. 

Annual General Meeting (AGM) elections  
and re-elections
As stated in the Corporate Governance Report, and with the 
exception of Matthew Ingle, all of the Directors not appointed 
since the last AGM will retire in accordance with the UK 
Corporate Governance Code and each will offer themselves 
for re-election in accordance with Article 118 of the Articles of 
Association at the 2018 AGM. 

Appointments and Re-appointments
With regard to the appointment and replacement of Directors, 
the Company is governed by its Articles of Association, the UK 
Corporate Governance Code, the Companies Act and related 
legislation. On that basis, during 2017, the Nominations 
Committee began a search for a new Non-Executive Director  
as a replacement for Tiffany Hall. 

Russell Reynolds Associates was engaged by the Committee 
to assist with the identification of suitable candidates. Further 
details on the outcome of this search will be provided following 
its conclusion in 2018 and reported in full in the 2018 Annual 
Report. Russell Reynolds Associates does not have any other 
business relationship with the Company. 

During 2018, the Nominations Committee will continue to 
ensure that a continuous transition process takes place 
between new and long-serving Non-Executive Directors occurs.

Andrew Livingston, having been appointed since the last AGM, 
will offer himself for election in accordance with Article 117 of 
the Articles of Association. 

In proposing their re-election, the Chairman confirms that 
the Nominations Committee has considered the formal 
performance evaluation in respect of those Directors seeking 
re-election, and the contribution and commitment of the 
Directors that are required to offer themselves for re-election. 
He has confirmed to the Board that their performance and 
commitment is such that the Company should support their 
re-election.

Summary conclusions and recommendations
Summary conclusions and recommendations
Summary conclusions and recommendations
This Board was deemed effective by the evaluation participants, and was even said by some to be functioning better than in 2016.  
The areas that received positive feedback from participants were shareholder accountability and relationships, governance, compliance 
and risk, board focus and succession planning. Recommendations were made across a number of areas and the Chairman, Senior 
Independent Director and Company Secretary have agreed to progress these during 2018.

By order of the Board

Richard Pennycook
Nominations Committee Chairman

28 February 2018

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report72

Remuneration Committee Report 

INTRODUCTION FROM THE CHAIR OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
I am pleased to present the Howden Joinery Group Remuneration 
Committee Report for 2017. We have used the same simplified 
reporting format as last year, which we believe supports ease of use 
whilst maintaining compliance with the requirements of the Large 
and Medium-sized Companies and Groups Regulations 2013. The 
main body of the report continues to highlight the key areas that we 
believe will be of primary focus to the reader, such as pay outcomes 
for the year and details of how our policy will be implemented 
in 2018. All relevant supporting information required under the 
reporting regulations is set out in an Appendix to the report.

our approved recruitment remuneration policy the Committee 
have sought to replace these awards with those of equivalent 
fair value and timing insofar as possible. Restricted stock 
awards have been replaced by restricted Howdens shares with 
similar vesting periods. Recognising that Andrew’s previous 
performance based awards had a period of less than one year 
remaining prior to vesting, the Committee felt it appropriate 
to make the associated replacement awards in the form of 
restricted shares with an equivalent expected value.

Through the year the Committee has continued to focus on 
ensuring that the approach to executive remuneration at Howdens 
meets best practice requirements and maximises alignment to 
the Company’s strategy. We have also focused on ensuring that 
our approach to pay is fair, and that pay in the wider workforce is 
considered and reflected in the Committee’s deliberations. The 
next UK Corporate Governance Code is expected to increase the 
remit of the Committee to include a level of oversight for the wider 
workforce, and we believe we are well placed to incorporate this 
additional responsibility – the Committee already regularly receives 
updates from the Interim Group Human Resources Director on pay 
and conditions throughout the workforce.

An aligned approach to rewarding performance throughout 
the business is a central part of the Company’s ethos, with 
monthly bonuses paid to our depot staff based on profitability 
measures. This helps to embed our entrepreneurial culture 
and supports the engagement, motivation and performance of 
our employees. Howdens’ Remuneration Committee already 
determines the structure and targets of incentives for the Executive 
Committee, and these targets also apply to members of the senior 
management team that do not participate in depot incentives.

CEO Transition
A key part of our work in the year has been supporting the 
Nominations Committee in CEO succession planning, and 
ensuring that the approach to retirement and recruitment 
remuneration for our outgoing and incoming CEOs were 
appropriate, aligned with best practice and compliant with our 
policy and relevant plan rules. We also sought to ensure that a 
competitive offering was made to Andrew Livingston once he 
was identified by the Board as the clear choice for the Company’s 
next Chief Executive.

Matthew Ingle will retire on 2 April 2018. Matthew has been 
a pivotal figure for Howdens, transforming the business and 
leading us in delivering exceptional market leading performance 
throughout his tenure. 

Matthew will continue to support the Company through the 
transition until 31 July 2018, after which his services will be 
retained under a consultancy agreement (with all fees paid 
disclosed in the relevant remuneration report). The Board is 
pleased to appoint Matthew as Honorary Life President, a role 
for which he will receive no remuneration. Andrew Livingston was 
appointed CEO designate on 29 January 2018, and will take on 
the role of CEO from 2 April. 

Andrew forfeited awards on leaving his previous role, including 
performance based awards and awards of restricted stock 
not subject to performance conditions. In accordance with 

Andrew also forfeited his 2017 cash annual bonus upon leaving 
his previous role. In line with our recruitment remuneration policy, 
the bonus forfeited was replaced with a cash award based on an 
appropriate estimate of the value foregone, and pro-rated for time.

2017 reward outcomes
2017 was the second year of operation of our revised 
remuneration policy, which was approved by shareholders at 
the 2016 AGM (see chart below for AGM voting outcomes), and 
applies for three years from that date. This policy is summarised 
on page 74. It is available to view in full on our website at 
www.howdenjoinerygroupplc.com/investors/governance/
remuneration/remuneration-policy.asp.

Howdens has again delivered strong levels of growth. Faced with 
low levels of consumer confidence and unfavourable exchange 
rates, sales increased 7.4% on 2016, with a gross margin of 
63.3% and Profit Before Tax (PBT) of £232.2m. Despite the 
challenging market conditions, we have continued to invest in 
strategic improvements in capacity and capability, including 
investment in manufacturing, warehousing, distribution, depot 
operations and organisational development across the Group. 
Given the capital expenditure associated with these investments 
(approximately £50m), and the impact of foreign exchange 
pressures, the £232.2m PBT and £239.9m cash flow delivered 
in 2017 represent strong performance for the Company. 

As in 2016, it speaks to the level of stretch in our incentive 
targets that the outcomes under the annual bonus fell 
short of target for both the profit element and the cash 
element, resulting in a payment of 52% of base salary to 
our Executive Directors. 

Over the three year period of the 2015 Co-Investment Plan cycle, 
our PBT has grown by 7.1% p.a. However, due to the stretching 
performance targets for this award (8% per annum PBT growth 
was required to achieve threshold vesting), this award will lapse 
in full. The 2015 Co-Investment Plan award was the final award 
of this type granted to the Executive Directors. 

AGM VOTING OUTCOMES

2017

Report – 97.07%

2016

Report – 97.67%

Policy – 96.25%

For

Against

There are two in-flight awards under the Performance Share Plan 
(PSP), which replaced the Co-Investment Plan in the last policy 
review. The 2016 Plan uses the same target range as the 2015 
Co-Investment Plan (8%–20% PBT growth p.a.), while the 2017 
award operates under a revised range of 3%–15% PBT growth p.a. 

The CEO and CEO Designate will not receive a salary increase 
for 2018. The Deputy CEO and CFO has been awarded a salary 
increase of 3% for 2018. This is in line with inflation and the 
average increase awarded to the wider workforce in 2017. 

2018 incentives
In line with the commitment we made to investors ahead of the 
introduction of our new policy in 2016, we have reviewed the 
performance measures underlying our plans. The Committee 
concluded that a focus on PBT across our incentives remains 
appropriate. It is our primary performance indicator and is 
directly aligned with the value we deliver to shareholders. The 
2018 PSP awards will therefore continue to be based on PBT 
growth, with the annual bonus based on a combination of PBT 
and cash flow performance. Howdens has a track record of 
market leading performance (with an average profit growth over 
the last five years of 15.7% p.a.) and as a result has historically 
set sector leading performance ranges. In order to reflect the 
increasingly challenging external market conditions we reduced 
the range for the 2017 PSP grant such that the level of PBT 
growth to achieve threshold performance was 3% p.a. (at which 
point 15% of award vests) with maximum vesting requiring 3 
year growth of 15% p.a. (reduced from 8%–20% p.a. in 2016).

The Committee was conscious of the importance of maintaining 
the alignment between pay and performance, and therefore 
made a reduction to the maximum award level for 2017 to 
reflect the reduction in the performance range. Awards for 2017 
were reduced by 50% of salary, such that grants to Executive 
Directors under the PSP in 2017 had a maximum opportunity of 
220% of salary. 

For the 2018 PSP we have again carefully considered analyst 
expectations and our own internal projections, as well as the 
feedback we received from some investors. As such, we have 
increased the threshold performance target under the LTIP to 5% 
p.a., while maintaining a maximum performance level of 15% p.a. 
The maximum opportunity under the plan will therefore remain 
unchanged on 2017, at 220% of salary. 

Our new CEO will undertake a comprehensive review of our 
strategy in the coming year. Where appropriate the Committee 
will seek to reflect the outcomes of this review into remuneration 
arrangements, and in particular into our performance measures 
for 2019. Our current policy expires at our 2019 AGM, and 
therefore towards the end of 2018 we will consult with our 
largest shareholders on a proposed policy for 2019 onwards that 
is fit for future purpose and aligned with our strategic priorities.

I hope the information presented in this report provides a clear 
explanation as to how we have operated our remuneration policy 
over the year and the rationale for our decision making. We 
continue to be committed to an open and transparent dialogue 
with our investors, and the Committee would welcome any 
feedback or comments you have on this report or the way in 
which we implement our remuneration policy.

MEETING ATTENDANCE
The Committee meets at least three times a year and at any other 
such time as the Chairman of the Committee requires. Only the 
attendance of members of this committee is shown in the table 
below, although other Directors, where appropriate, have often 
also attended at the invitation of the Committee Chair.

In compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code and the 
Committee’s terms of reference, during the year the Remuneration 
Committee consisted wholly of independent Non-Executive 
Directors. Subject to successful annual re-election to the Board, 
appointments to the Remuneration Committee are for a period of 
three years, which may be extended by the Committee provided the 
Director remains independent. 

Tiffany 
Hall*

No. of 
meetings

Attendance

6

100%

Mark 
Allen¹

5

83%

Andrew 
Cripps

6

100%

Geoff 
Drabble

6

100%

Michael 
Wemms2

2

67%

Debbie 
White3

3

75%

Remuneration Committee Terms of Reference – www.howdenjoinerygroupplc.com/investors/governance/remuneration/index.asp

1 

 Mark was unable to attend a meeting on 6 July 2017, which had been called on short notice.

2  Michael retired from the Board and the Remuneration Committee on 2 May 2017.

3    Debbie was appointed to the Board and Remuneration Committee on 15 February 2017. Debbie was 
unable to attend the Remuneration Committee meeting in May due to a long-standing commitment.

*  Denotes Chair of Committee

73

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l

a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report 
 
 
74

75

Remuneration Committee Report 
continued

How to use this report
Within this Remuneration Committee Report we have used colour coding to denote different elements of remuneration.

The colours are: 

 Salary 

 Benefits 

 Pension 

 Annual bonus 

 Deferred bonus 

 LTIP

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
Our remuneration policy for Executive Directors

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

Link to strategy

Base Salary

Benefits

Pension

Annual Bonus

Deferred Bonus

LTIP 
(Performance 
Share Plan)

Salaries are reviewed annually and are effective from 1 January 
each year. Recognises the market value of the Executive’s role, 
skill, responsibilities, performance and experience.

Provides a competitive level of benefits.

For Executives appointed before April 2013, a hybrid defined 
benefit, occupational pension plan operates. It is closed to  
new entrants. 

Executives appointed after April 2013 are invited to participate 
in the auto-enrolment defined contribution scheme or receive a 
salary supplement of 20% of pensionable salary. 

The annual bonus has a maximum opportunity of 150% of 
salary. It is subject to stretching PBT and cash flow targets, 
reflecting our key internal performance indicators and the role 
of sustainable profit growth in our entrepreneurial culture. 
Above target, a profit share is used, aligned to the incentive 
structure that extends into the organisation.

Any bonus in excess of 100% of salary is deferred into shares, 
which are paid out in two equal tranches on the first and 
second anniversary of the deferral date. Clawback and/or 
malus provisions operate on the bonus for a total period of up 
to two years after the performance period.

Three year performance period followed by a two year holding 
period. Performance is based on stretching PBT growth 
targets, aligning management with our longer term financial 
growth and reflecting the value we are able to deliver to 
shareholders. Clawback provisions operate for the duration of 
the holding period.

Holding 
Period

Holding  
Period

 For additional detail together with our joiner and leaver policies please see the full policy online at  
www.howdenjoinerygroupplc.com/investors/governance/remuneration/remuneration-policy.asp.

2018 Detailed remuneration scenarios and pay for performance
(£’000)

£2,351k

£2,303k

LTIP

Fixed elements of remuneration

Annual Bonus

42%

Notes: 

51%

26%

£1,542k

39%

26%

£1,597k

30%

28%

£671k

29%

As reported elsewhere in this report, 
Matthew Ingle will not receive an LTIP 
in 2018. Andrew Livingston’s figures 
include an LTIP award in 2018 in line 
with our policy of 220% base salary.

Andrew Livingston's full benefit figure 
is not yet known, and therefore Mark 
Robson's figure has been used as a 
proxy.

Both Matthew Ingle and Andrew 
Livingston’s fixed elements of 
remuneration and bonus have been 
pro-rated in line with the period during 
which they will be in their Executive 
Director roles.

£246k

100%

£394k

38%

62%

£468k

47%

53%

£529k

100%

34%

23%

100%

42%

29%

Minimum

On-Target Maximum

Minimum

On-Target Maximum

Minimum

On-Target Maximum

Matthew Ingle

Andrew Livingston

Mark Robson

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

The remuneration package for the Executive Directors is designed 
to provide an appropriate balance between fixed and variable 
performance related components, with a significant proportion 
weighted towards long-term variable pay.

significantly across the performance scenarios as a result. 
The package promotes the achievement of superior long-term 
performance and aligns the interests of the Executive Directors 
with those of shareholders.

The composition and value of the Executive Directors’ 
remuneration packages in a range of performance scenarios 
are set out in the charts at the bottom of page 74. These show 
that the proportion of the package delivered through long-term 
performance is in line with our remuneration policy and changes 

On-target awards assumes a target of 100% of salary for the 
bonus and PSP vesting at the mid-point between minimum and 
maximum. Maximum award assumes vesting of 150% of salary for 
the bonus and 220% of salary for the PSP.

Executive Director shareholdings
The Committee believes that significant shareholdings on the part 
of our Executive Directors are key to ensuring effective alignment 
with shareholders. 

Under the share ownership guidelines, the Executive Directors 
are required to have a personal shareholding equal to twice  
their base salary. Shares deferred under the deferred bonus 
plan and unvested incentives shares are not counted towards 
this requirement. There are no shareholding guidelines for Non-
Executive Directors. 

See the appendix on page 83 for a table of total shares in 
the Company held by the Directors, together with unvested 
performance shares and those held subject to deferral conditions.

Figures for Andrew Livingston have not been included. Andrew 
joined the Company as CEO Designate during January 2018. As at 
the date of this report, Andrew holds no shares in the Company. It is 
anticipated that Andrew will increase his total shareholding to meet 
the requirement in due course and compensation for his long-term 
incentive awards forfeited from his previous employer has been 
structured to reflect this.

Single figure of remuneration (Audited)

£000s 

 Salary

 Benefits

 Bonus

 LTIP

 Pension

Total

Executive Directors

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

Matthew Ingle

Mark Robson

Total

581

428

1,009

572

421

993

211

53

264

193

77

270

302

223

525

412

303

715

0

0

0

1,749

1,227

2,976

174

177

351

172

1,268

3,098

175

881

2,203

347

2,149

5,301

Notes to the single figure table

Salary, benefits and pension
Our policy
Salaries will not be changed outside of the annual review, unless there are exceptional circumstances, such as a mid-year change 
in role. Increases will normally be only for inflation and/or in line with the wider employee population. Salaries are set within a 
range defined by market benchmark derived from companies in a similar sector (policy is to pay median). Salaries for 2018 can be 
found on page 77. The peer group used is reviewed whenever benchmarking is performed, and the Committee applies judgement 
in identifying appropriate peer group constituent companies. The individual’s level of total remuneration against the market is 
considered at the same time. 

Benefits are based upon market rates and include receipt of a car allowance; non-exclusive use of a driver; health insurance and death-
in-service insurance payable by the Company. Reflecting the increased requirement for him to attend the Company’s London office, 
the Committee agreed that the Chief Executive’s permanent place of work for tax purposes should be the Company’s London office (as 
detailed in the 2015 report). The costs of travel between his home and the London office therefore continue to be met by the Company as a 
taxable benefit.

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
76

77

Remuneration Committee Report 
continued

  Salary 
  Benefits 
  Pension 

  Annual bonus 
  Deferred bonus 
  LTIP

Annual Bonus (Audited)
Annual Bonus (Audited)
Annual Bonus (Audited)
Our policy
Our annual bonus is based on PBT 
and cash flow measures, subject to an 
aggregate maximum of 150% of salary.

Under the PBT measure, payouts from 
threshold to target are made as a 
percentage of salary, with performance 
above target resulting in a profit share 
award (subject to the overall cap set  
out above).

Awards of up to 100% of salary are paid 
in cash, with the remainder deferred as 
shares, vesting in two equal tranches,  
1 and 2 years following the deferral date 
subject to continued employment.

PBT element

Threshold:  
PBT of 
£213.3m

10% of 
salary

Cash flow element

Threshold:  
cash flow of 
£210.7m

Actual 2017 
cash flow was 
£239.9m

Target:  
Cash flow of  
£256.7m

8% of 
salary

12% of 
salary

15% of 
salary

Actual 2017 
PBT was 
£232.2m

Target:  
PBT of 
£260.7m

Outperformance:  
PBT of £299.8m

40% of 
salary

85% of 
salary

Profit  
share

Max 
150%  
of salary

Maximum: 
Cash flow of 
£295.7m

20% of 
salary

Outcomes for the year
Our PBT for 2017 of £232.2m falls between threshold and target for the year, resulting in an annual bonus payment of 40% of 
salary for 2017. Cash flow was £239.9m resulting in a payment under this element of 12% of salary. Therefore in aggregate 
Executive Directors will receive an annual bonus of 52% of salary for 2017. 

Matthew Ingle

Mark Robson

Co-Investment Plan (Audited)
The legacy Co-Investment Plan, which 
has now been replaced by the Howdens 
PSP, provides matching shares on an 
initial, personally funded investment, 
subject to PBT growth targets.

The CEO could invest up to the lower of 
650,000 shares or 150% of salary – with 
the Deputy CEO and CFO able to invest an 
equivalent proportion of salary.

Each invested share is matched by up 
to 2 shares for achievement of 20% 
p.a. PBT growth over the three year 
performance period. Threshold vesting 
is 0.3 shares per invested share (for 8% 
p.a. PBT growth).

Outcomes for the year
Over the three year performance period 
of the 2015 Co-Investment Plan, PBT 
grew 7.1% p.a. The plan therefore  
lapsed in full.

PBT 
 (% of salary)

Cash flow  
(% of salary)

Total bonus 
(% of salary)

Total bonus  
(£000)

40%

40%

12%

12%

52%

52%

302

223

PBT Growth p.a.

0%

5%

Actual 
7.1% p.a

10%

15%

20%

Threshold:
8% p.a.

2015 Co-Investment Plan
Performance range

Maximum:
20% p.a.

Howdens historic PBT

250

200

150

100

50

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

Implementation of Director policy in 2018
Executive Directors
Base salaries and fees
Base salaries and fees
Base salaries and fees
Base salary increases from 2017 are set out in the table below. The salary increase awarded to Mark Robson for 2018 is in line with 
inflation and the average increase made to our workforce in 2017.

Matthew Ingle will receive his base salary until his retirement date in July 2018. Andrew Livingston will receive his salary from his 
commencement date in January 2018.

Matthew Ingle

Andrew Livingston

Mark Robson

2018

2017

Salary

581

550

441

Percentage 
increase

0%

–

3%

Salary

581

–

428

Percentage 
increase

1.6%

–

1.6%

Annual Bonus measures
Annual Bonus measures
Annual Bonus measures
The table below sets out Annual Bonus measures for 2018, comprising the same measures as for 2017. Targets for these measures 
are considered commercially sensitive by the Board and so are not disclosed here. Performance targets, together with achievement 
against them, will be set out in full in the 2018 Remuneration Committee Report. 

The Annual Bonus for the CEO and CEO Designate will be pro-rated in line with the duration of their service during the period in question 
as well as being subject to the performance conditions set out below.

Definition

Performance level

Payout level

PBT

Pre-exceptional profit before tax from 
continuing operations

Cash Flow Net cash flow from operating activities, taking 
into account the efficiency with which working 
capital is used, and adjusted for exceptional 
items

Threshold

Target

Threshold

Target

Maximum

10% of salary

85% of salary

8% of salary

15% of salary

20% of salary

Performance Share Plan measure and targets
The table below sets out PSP performance measures and targets for awards to be made in 2018. Note that for 2018 the maximum 
opportunity under the PSP is 220% (which was reduced from the policy maximum of 270% in 2017). For scheme interests awarded in 
2017 see the Appendix on page 82. Matthew Ingle will not receive a PSP award for 2018.

PBT component vesting schedule

15% p.a.

220% of salary (100% of maximum)

PBT growth performance condition

Payout level

Straight-line vesting between these points

5% p.a.

Less than 5% p.a.

33% of salary (15% of maximum)

0

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report 
78

79

Remuneration Committee Report 
continued

CHANGES TO THE BOARD
Matthew Ingle will retire from his role as CEO on 2 April 2018. 
His retirement date from the Group will be 31 July 2018 and 
he will continue to receive his base salary and benefits until 
that date, during which period he will remain at the Company’s 
disposal to support the transition. Matthew’s services will also 
be retained under a consultancy arrangement for an initial period 
of 12 months following his retirement. Any fees paid to Matthew 
under this agreement will be disclosed in the relevant directors’ 
remuneration report. Matthew will not be remunerated for his role 
as Honorary Life President of the Company.

Matthew will receive a pro-rated annual bonus in respect of time 
served to his retirement date for 2018, with the award subject to 
the achievement of the normal performance targets for the year 
(see page 77). No deferral will be applied to this award.

In accordance with our approved loss of office policy, unvested 
awards under the 2016 and 2017 Performance Share Plan will be 
pro-rated for the proportion of the performance period in which 
Matthew was employed. His 2016 and 2017 PSP awards will 
vest on their normal vesting dates of 5 May 2019 and 27 March 
2020 respectively, subject to the extent to which performance 
conditions are met. These awards will not be subject to a post-vest 
holding period. Matthew will not receive an award under the 2018 
Performance Share Plan.

New Chief Executive Officer
Andrew Livingston was appointed as CEO Designate of the Group 
on 29 January 2018 and will become CEO on 2 April 2018. 

His base salary is £550,000 per annum, and he receives benefits 
in line with the normal remuneration policy, together with a salary 
supplement of 20% of base salary in lieu of pension.

When determining Andrew’s base salary, the Committee 
considered the following factors:

• 

 His previous roles and experience;

• 

 The base salary of his prior role;

• 

 The base salary of the incumbent Howdens CEO; and

• 

 The median base salary for FTSE 100 – 200 CEOs.

Andrew is eligible to participate in incentives as set out within the 
approved remuneration policy for executive directors. As such, 
he will participate in the 2018 annual bonus with a maximum 
opportunity of 150% of salary, pro-rated for his time in role during 
the year.

Andrew will receive a grant under the 2018 Performance Share 
Plan of 220% of salary, in line with the normal structure and cycle 
of awards for Executive Directors. This award will vest in 2021, 
subject to the achievement of a threshold PBT growth level of 5% 
p.a. over the three year period. Maximum vesting under this award 
will require PBT growth of 15% p.a. (see page 77).

Approved recruitment policy 
The Committee may grant the Executive Director awards to 
replace awards from a previous employment that are forfeited. 
Should replacement awards be made, any awards granted would 
be no more generous overall in terms of quantum or vesting 
period than the awards due to be forfeited. In determining the 
quantum and structure of these commitments, the Committee 
will take into account the fair value and, as far as practicable, the 
timing and performance requirements of remuneration foregone.

Andrew forfeited a number of awards from his previous 
employment on leaving that role, including performance 
based awards and awards of restricted shares not subject to 
performance conditions. As per our approved recruitment policy, 
these awards have been replaced by awards of similar structure, 
fair value and timing as far as practical. 

Awards not previously subject to performance conditions have 
been replaced with awards of restricted shares, with equivalent 
remaining periods to release of the awards foregone.

Performance based awards have been replaced with restricted 
share awards of an equivalent expected value and release date. 
Due to the short period (of less than one year) between Andrew’s 
date of appointment and the original vesting date of the foregone 
performance awards, it was not considered appropriate to apply 
performance conditions to the replacements for these awards, but 
rather to mirror the expected value of the number of shares granted.

In total, 249,330 awards have been awarded to replace 
those forfeited from previous employment with a total value 
of £1,098,049. See below for details of each tranche of the 
replacement awards made to Andrew:

Number of Shares

Vesting date

Value of shares (£)¹

131,639

69,397

48,294

March 2018

March 2019

March 2020

579,738

305,624

212,687

¹ 

 Based on the 3 month average share price to 30 December 2017 of 440.4p 

Andrew will retain these shares as part of his shareholding 
requirement as CEO (200% of salary), subject to disposals to cover 
tax liabilities arising.

Additionally, Andrew forfeited his 2017 annual bonus on leaving 
his previous role. In line with our approved policy, this was 
replaced with a like-for-like cash award of £296,413. This amount 
was determined to be an appropriate estimate of the value of the 
bonus foregone, pro-rated for time in role. 

OUR CORPORATE PERFORMANCE AND REMUNERATION
TSR performance and historic single figure

3500

3000

2500

2000

1500

1000

500

0

)
s
0
0
0
£

’

i

(
e
r
u
g
F
e
g
n
S

i

l

7,000

6,000

5,000

4,000

3,000

2,000

1,000

0

  Salary 
  Benefits 
  Pension 

  Annual bonus 
  Deferred bonus 
  LTIP

%
o
f

m
a
x
i
m
u
m

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

Dec 08

Dec 09

Dec 10

Dec 11

Dec 12

Dec 13

Dec 14

Dec 15

Dec 16 Dec 17

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

Howdens
FTSE 250 (excluding Investment Trusts)

CEO single figure
Annual bonus – % of maximum
LTIP vest – % of maximum

Year

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

CEO single figure (£000’s)

1,399

1,458

6,083

3,401

5,168

6,221

5,225

3,098

1,268

Annual bonus (% of maximum)

63%

69%

66%

51%

LTI vest (% of maximum)

0%

0%

100%

100%

63%

89%

64%

56%

48%

35%

100%

100%

100%

0%

The graph above left illustrates the Company’s TSR performance relative to the constituents of the FTSE 250 (excluding investment 
trusts) of which the Company is a constituent. It shows that over the past nine years Howdens has generated a significantly higher 
returns than the FTSE 250 (excluding Investment Trusts). 

The table above shows the historic CEO single figure and incentive pay-out levels and this is also shown as a graph above right.  
The graph shows that the bonus has recognised consistently strong annual performance, and that long-term incentives have reflected 
the challenges that faced the Company after 2008 and recognised the turnaround delivered by the Group since then. 

Percentage change in remuneration of director undertaking the role of Chief Executive
The graphs below set out the change in short-term pay from 2016 to 2017 of the CEO compared to all employees (on a per capita basis).

)

0
0
0
£

’

(

CEO

800

600

400

200

0

1.6%

571.7

580.8

-26.6%

411.6

302.0

8.8%

193.1

210.1

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

All full time employees (per capita)
30

5.3%

)

0
0
0
£

’

(

25.6

24.3

-10.0%

6.4

6.4

0%

1.0

0.9

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

25

20

15

10

5

0

Salary

Benefits

Bonus

Salary

Benefits

Bonus

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report 
 
 
 
80

81

Remuneration Committee Report 
continued

Relative importance of spend on pay
The graph to the right sets out the change in the Group’s total 
remuneration spend from 2016 to 2017 compared to the total 
returns to shareholders of the Group and the two incentive 
performance measures PBT and cash flow. 

* 

 Net cash flow from operating activities, being the definition used for the annual 
bonus scheme (see page 77).

400

350

300

250

m
£

200

150

100

50

0

8.2%

379.7

350.9

-2.0%

237.0

232.2

-10.4%

267.8

239.9

-20.0%

144.8

115.9

2016

2017

2016

2017
2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

£m
Total pay spend

£m
Total returns to 
shareholders

£m
PBT

£m
Cash flow*

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
Single figure of remuneration (Audited)
The table below sets out the remuneration received by Non-Executive Directors in 2016 and 2017. 

Remuneration (£000)

Non-Executive single figure

Will Samuel

Richard Pennycook

Mark Allen

Tiffany Hall

Geoff Drabble

Andrew Cripps

Michael Wemms

Debbie White

Total

2017

–

250

55

72

55

65

22

48

567

2016

66

186

55

65

55

62

65

–

554

Michael Wemms received a gift from the Company after stepping down from the Board. The value of this gift fell below our de minimis 
threshold for itemisation of £10,000.

Our Non-Executive Director fee policy
Fees reflect the time commitment and responsibilities of the 
role. Accordingly, Committee Chairmen and Senior Independent 
Director fees are paid in addition to the Non-Executive Directors’ 
basic fee. Committee chairmanship fees apply only to the Audit 
and Remuneration Committees. The Chairman does not receive a 

Non-Executive Director basic fee or an additional fee for chairing 
the Nominations Committee. Fees are reviewed every year, 
and are set within a range defined by a market benchmark 
of comparable size companies. Benchmarking is typically 
undertaken every three years. Fees for 2018 and increases from 
the prior year are set out below.

Chairman fee

Basic Non-Executive Director fee

Additional Senior Independent Director fee

Committee Chair fee

Fee

£250,000

£55,000

£10,000

£10,000

2018

2017

Percentage increase  
from 2017

0%

0%

0%

0%

Fee

£250,000

£55,000

£10,000

£10,000

Percentage increase  
from 2016

9%

0%

0%

0%

  Salary 
  Benefits 
  Pension 

  Annual bonus 
  Deferred bonus 
  LTIP

Case study: CEO Transition
Supporting the Board in succession planning for Executive Directors is a key function of 
the Remuneration Committee, albeit one that it hopes not to have to undertake very often. 
Ensuring the appropriate remuneration package is sufficient to attract the best talent, 
without being excessive, is vital to the long-term success of the business. However, it is 
also of paramount importance to ensure that the outgoing CEO (particularly when it is a 
retiring founder-CEO) is treated fairly. Of course this does not mean that awards should 
automatically vest regardless of performance condition in such situations, nor does it mean 
accelerated vesting.

Matthew Ingle will step down from Howdens as Chief Executive Officer on 2 April 2018 
following 23 years as the CEO of Howdens and 20 years as a Plc Director. As he is retiring, 
Matthew will be treated as a ‘Good Leaver’ for the purpose of outstanding incentive awards.

To ensure that Matthew’s outstanding awards received fair treatment, the Committee 
gave careful consideration to a range of factors including Matthew’s status as a 
‘Good Leaver’, his historic contribution to the Company as founder, and the strength 
of the Company’s performance in recent years. Upon reflection on these factors, the 
Committee decided that the fairest treatment of awards was to allow all awards to 
continue under the current performance conditions, pro-rated for time served.

In further recognition of his unique contribution to Howdens, Matthew was appointed as 
honorary Lifetime President, a non-remunerated role.

For the incoming CEO the Committee wanted to ensure that there was an appropriate 
balance between ensuring that remuneration arrangements:

•  provided us with the ability to attract the best talent available whilst not being excessive, 

minimising the cost to the Company where possible;

•  were appropriate for the role in the context of the nature and size of the Company;

•  provided a fair replacement for awards foregone; and

•  were aligned to shareholders expectations and hence were within the scope of our 

approved remuneration policy.

Following the Board’s unanimous decision that Andrew was to be Matthew’s successor as 
CEO, the Committee determined the appropriate package for Andrew in the context of his 
experience, market pay levels and our remuneration policy and philosophy. Additionally the 
Committee undertook an in-depth review of the incentive awards that Andrew forfeited to 
ensure that replacement awards were appropriate, and represented an equivalent value 
to those forfeited from prior employment, with timings that mirrored those for the awards 
being replaced so far as possible.

The resulting outcome for both Matthew and Andrew is one that the Committee believes to be fair 
for both individuals, and is one that we believe will help safeguard the future success of Howdens. 

I would like to take this opportunity to thank all those who assisted the Remuneration 
Committee during the process. More information on the process for CEO transition can be 
found in the Nominations Committee report on page 68.

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report 
82

83

Remuneration Committee Report 
continued

APPENDIX
In this Appendix a number of key disclosures are set out that provide further clarity to investors and other readers of this report on the 
implementation of our remuneration policy in the year under review.

Total pension entitlements (Audited) 
Executive Directors are eligible to participate in the Howden Joinery Group Pension Plan (the Plan). The Plan is not open to new joiners. 

The table below sets out the accrued pension for both Executive Directors who served during the year, with pension values 
calculated using the HMRC method. No additional benefits become receivable if Executive Directors retire early. Matthew Ingle had 
a full funded pension position in 2006 and hence has chosen to opt out of the memberships of the plan. Mr Ingle therefore received 
a salary supplement of 30% of base salary in lieu of pension in 2017.

Accrued pension at 30 Dec 2017 £000

Normal retirement date

Pension value in the year from defined benefit component £000

Pension value in the year from defined contribution component £000

Pension value in the year from cash allowance £000

Total

Matthew Ingle

Mark Robson

65

39

28/09/2014

16/01/2019

–

–

174

174

58

34

85

177

Scheme interests awarded during the financial year (Audited) 
During 2017 the Executive Directors were invited to participate in the Performance Share Plan, as follows:

  Salary 
  Benefits 
  Pension 

  Annual bonus 
  Deferred bonus 
  LTIP

Loss of office payments or payments to past directors
No loss of office payments or payments to past Directors were made in the year under review.

External appointments 
It is recognised that Executive Directors may be invited to become Non-Executive Directors of other companies and that exposure to 
such duties can broaden their experience and skills, which will benefit the Company. Howdens allows Executive Directors and other 
appropriate senior employees to accept a maximum of one external non-executive appointment outside the Company, subject to 
permission from the Committee, provided this is not with a competing company nor likely to lead to conflicts of interest. 

Andrew Livingston is currently a Non-Executive Director of LondonMetric Property Plc, a FTSE250 REIT. Andrew held this position 
upon appointment. Neither Matthew Ingle nor Mark Robson have any external appointments. Executive Directors may retain the 
fees paid to them in respect of their Non-Executive duties.

Director shareholdings (Audited)
In order that their interests are aligned with those of shareholders, Executive Directors are expected to build up and maintain a 
personal shareholding in the Company. 

The table below sets out the total shares held together with unvested performance shares and those held subject to 
 deferral conditions.

Director

Shareholding requirement %

Shareholding requirement (number of shares)

Owned outright (including connected persons)

Share awards subject only to continued employment

Matthew Ingle

Mark Robson

200%

264,000

3,003,796

4,155

978,447

–

–

2,277%

Y

200%

194,409

200,000

3,120

720,528

–

–

206%

Y

Nature of award

Level of award

PBT component  
vesting schedule

Restricted shares awarded under the PSP

 Executive

Number of awarded shares

Face value of award*

Share awards subject to performance conditions and continued employment

CEO

Deputy CEO & CFO

296,533

218,366

PBT growth performance condition

15% p.a.

220% of salary 
(100% of maximum)

£1,278,057

£941,157

Vesting

Options subject to performance conditions

Vested but unexercised options

Current shareholding (% of salary)*

Guideline met

Straight-line vesting between these points

Straight-line vesting

* 

 Based on a share price of 440.4p, being the three-month average price to 30 December 2017. This is calculated by using only those shares owned outright by the 
Executive Directors.

3%p.a.

33% of salary  
(15% of maximum)

Less than 3% p.a.

0

Non-Executive Director shareholdings (Audited)
There is no shareholding requirement for Non-Executive Directors. 

Performance period

Vesting date

Performance measured from FY2017 to FY2019

27 March 2020

*  Based on a share price of £4.31, being the closing price on 24 March 2017.

Service contracts/Notice period
All Executive Directors’ employment contracts have twelve months’ notice of termination on both sides. In the event of termination 
by the Company, there will be no compensation for loss of office due to misconduct or normal resignation. In other circumstances, 
Executive Directors may be entitled to receive compensation for loss of office which will be paid monthly for a maximum of twelve 
months. Such payments will be equivalent to the monthly salary that the Executive would have received if still in employment with the 
Company. Executive Directors will be expected to mitigate their loss within a 12-month period of their departure of the Company. 

Non-Executive Director appointments are for an initial period of three years. They are subject to re-appointment annually in 
accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code. Non-Executive Directors are not entitled to any form of compensation in  
the event of early termination for whatever reason. 

Non-Executive Director:

Shareholding:

Mark 

Allen

3,000

Andrew 

Cripps

3,000

Geoff 

Drabble

3,000

Tiffany

Hall

3,000

Richard 

Pennycook 

54,663

Debbie 

White

4,562

No changes to the Executive and Non-Executive Directors’ total shareholdings (including any holdings of their connected persons) 
have occurred between the end of the period and 28 February 2018.

Consideration by the directors of matters relating to directors’ remuneration
The Committee met five times during 2017, and discussed a number of items for which it is responsible. Under its terms of 
reference, which are reviewed on an annual basis, the Committee is responsible for determining the broad policy and specific 
remuneration packages for Executive Directors, the Company Secretary and other members of the Executive Committee, including 
pension rights and, where applicable, any compensation payments. The Committee is also regularly updated on pay and conditions 
applying to other employees in the Company. 

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report84

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017

8585

Remuneration Committee Report 
continued

Audit Committee Report

Advisors to the Committee 
The Committee regularly consults with the Chief Executive Officer and the Interim Group HR Director on matters concerning 
remuneration, although they are never present when their own reward is under discussion. The Company Chairman attends the 
Remuneration Committee by invitation except when his own remuneration is determined. The Company Secretary acts as secretary 
to the Committee but is never present when his own reward is determined.

The Committee also has access to detailed external information and research on market data and trends from independent 
consultants. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC) is the Committee’s retained independent advisor and provided advice to 
the Committee during the year. PwC has been independent advisor to the Committee since 2007, and was appointed by the 
Committee as the result of a tender process. Work undertaken by PwC for the Committee included updating the Committee on 
trends in compensation and governance matters and advising the Committee in connection with benchmarking of the total reward 
packages for the Executive Directors and other senior members of staff. A representative from PwC attends each meeting of the 
Remuneration Committee. Fees paid to PwC in relation to remuneration services provided to the Committee in 2017 totalled 
£120,550, with fee levels based on the quantity and complexity of work undertaken. PwC also provided consultancy advice and 
support to the internal audit function to the Company during 2017.

The Committee reviews the objectivity and independence of the advice it receives from PwC at a private meeting each year. It is 
satisfied that PwC is providing robust and professional advice. PwC is a member of the Remuneration Consultants’ Group which 
operates a code of conduct in relation to executive remuneration consulting.

By order of the Board

Tiffany Hall
Remuneration Committee Chairman

28 February 2018

INTRODUCTION FROM THE CHAIR OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
INTRODUCTION FROM THE CHAIR OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
INTRODUCTION FROM THE CHAIR OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
It is perhaps to be expected that the work of Audit Committees 
will receive more focus and attention this year than ever before. 
Trust in financial reporting, and the governance and internal 
controls that sit behind it, has been tested. It is therefore 
important for Audit Committees to demonstrate that they have 
successfully monitored the integrity of financial statements and 
presented them in a fair, balanced and understandable way.  
Our Audit Committee report for 2017 is prepared on that basis. 

Without financial integrity and robust financial controls,  
Howdens would be unable to operate. Nor would we be able to 
support the extensive network of stakeholders that rely  
on us. This includes our builder customers, our shareholders,  
our employees, our pensioners, and our suppliers. With such  
a large reach, Howdens has a responsibility to achieve 
sustainable success in line with our culture and values and  
to continue to operate for many years to come.

Sustainable success can only be achieved if proper protection 
against financial loss and appropriate mitigation of risk is built into 
our processes. This protection has been realised using a framework 
of internal controls and risk management, the effectiveness of which 
requires continual monitoring and improvement. 

The Audit Committee are committed to providing assurance on 
the principal risks of the business (as detailed on pages 30 to 32) 
through delivery of the Internal Audit Plan. The Internal Audit Plan 
is regularly reviewed to ensure assurance activity is aligned to the 
most significant risks facing the business. In additional to providing 
the Board with assurance on the principal risks, the Internal Audit 
Programme provides assurance on key business risks and change 
programme risks. This ensures that the Board receives assurance 

on the broadest spectrum of risks that could have an impact on the 
outlook provided within the viability statement.

Review of the internal controls and risk is supported by the 
Group’s internal audit and risk function. An independent review 
of the function was carried out by Grant Thornton during the year 
in line with the Committee’s policy to perform a review every 
five years (further information about which may be found on 
page 90). The Audit Committee was encouraged to note that the 
review described the internal audit and risk function as ‘a valued 
and independent voice in the business’.

The work of the Audit Committee in reviewing the Company’s 
financial statements is supported by our independent external 
auditors, Deloitte LLP (Deloitte). Deloitte has been the 
Company’s auditors since 2002 (when the external audit was 
last tendered). Their effectiveness and independence have 
been closely monitored by the Audit Committee to ensure a 
perceptive, robust and objective audit is always undertaken. 
Following the appointment of a new lead audit partner this 
year, which provided further confidence of Deloitte’s continued 
independence, the Audit Committee are pleased to recommend 
that our shareholders reappoint Deloitte as the external auditor 
at our AGM on 2 May 2018.

During 2018, the Committee will continue to ensure that the 
Group’s financial systems provide accurate and up-to-date 
information, that the Group’s published financial statements 
represent a true and fair reflection of this position and that the 
external audit an internal control frameworks are independent 
and effective.

MEETING ATTENDANCE
MEETING ATTENDANCE
MEETING ATTENDANCE
The figures below show the number of meetings individual 
Directors that served on the Audit Committee during the year 
could have attended (taking account of eligibility, appointment 
and retirement dates during the year) and the percentage of those 
meetings they actually attended.

The Chairman of the Board, along with the Chief Executive Officer, 
Deputy Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer, Group Finance 
Director, Head of Internal Audit and Risk, the Chief Information 

Officer, representatives from the Finance function and senior 
representatives of the external auditors, are regularly invited by 
the Committee Chairman to attend all or part of our meetings as 
and when appropriate. The Committee, however, reserves the 
right to request any non-members withdraw from any meeting at 
any time. 

The Committee meets at least three times a year and at any other 
time the Chairman of the Committee requires it. 

Andrew  
Cripps*

3

100%100%100%

Mark  
Allen

3

100%100%100%

No. of 
meetings

Attendance
Attendance
Attendance

Geoff  
Drabble

3

100%100%100%

Tiffany  
Hall

3

100%100%100%

Michael 
Wemms1

1

100%100%100%

Debbie  
White2

2

100%100%100%

Audit Committee Terms of Reference – www.howdenjoinerygroupplc.com/investors/governance/audit/index.asp

1 

  Michael retired from the Board on 2 May 2017

2    

Debbie was appointed to the Audit Committee on 15 February 2017

* 

Denotes Chair of Committee

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l

a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report 
 
 
 
86

87

Audit Committee Report continued

FINANCIAL REPORTING

FINANCIAL REPORTING CONTINUED

Annual Report and Half Year Financial Report
Annual Report and Half Year Financial Report
Annual Report and Half Year Financial Report
FRC Review of the 2016 Annual Report and Accounts
The Conduct Committee of the FRC carried out a review of 
the Company’s Report and Accounts for the 52 weeks ended 
24 December 2016. 

As part of this review, the Committee received a report from 
Deloitte on their audit of the Annual Report and Accounts 
and review of the half-yearly financial report which took into 
account the Group’s key risks, going concern considerations 
and longer-term viability. 

Based on their review, the Conduct Committee did not 
have any questions or queries to raise with the Company 
which required a response and did not intend to take any 
further action in relation to the accounts. 

Audit Committee Review
The Audit Committee reviewed the Group’s 2017 Annual 
Report and Accounts and the half-yearly financial report 
published in July 2017. 

The Committee also considered whether the Annual Report 
and Accounts were fair, balanced and understandable.

Financial controls
Financial controls
Financial controls
The effectiveness of the Group’s internal financial controls (with 
specific reference to controls in place on a divisional basis) and 
the disclosures made in the Annual Report and Accounts on 
this matter were reviewed by the Audit Committee.

Role of the Audit Committee:
Role of the Audit Committee:
Role of the Audit Committee:
•  Monitors the integrity of the financial statements of the Group and formal announcements relating to the Group’s financial 

performance

•  Reviews accounting policies and significant financial reporting judgements contained in financial statements or announcements 
(although the Board as a whole remains responsible for determining whether the Annual Reports and Accounts as a whole are 
fair, balanced and understandable)

•  Ensures that information provided to the Committee by the senior management and the external auditor is complete, accurate, 

timely and robust

•  Reviews the going concern report and the report on the longer-term viability of the business, prior to consideration by the Board

Supporting actions, processes and information:
Supporting actions, processes and information:
Supporting actions, processes and information:

COMMITTEE ACTIONS 
COMMITTEE ACTIONS 
COMMITTEE ACTIONS 
Areas of Significant Financial Judgement
Areas of Significant Financial Judgement
Areas of Significant Financial Judgement
The Committee needs to exercise its judgement in deciding 
the areas of accounting that are significant to the Group’s 
accounts and the external auditor reports detailed results 
of their procedures in relation to these significant areas to 
the Committee.

The matters shown below have been discussed with the 
Deputy Chief Executive & Chief Financial Officer, Group Finance 
Director and the external auditor, and the Committee is 
satisfied that each of the matters has been fully and adequately 
addressed by the Executive Committee, appropriately tested 
and reviewed by the external auditor and the disclosures made 
in the Annual Report and Accounts are appropriate.

Inventory obsolescence provisioning

Validity of the actuarial assumptions

Recognition of revenue (presumed risk)

Capitalisation of fixed assets
Capitalisation of fixed assets
Capitalisation of fixed assets

Area of significant 
financial judgement 
in 2017

Area of significant 
financial judgement 
in 2016

2017 Areas of significant financial judgement 
Inventory obsolescence provisioning
The Group’s in stock model (further information about which 
may be found on page 16) necessitates tight management 
of our inventory to ensure local availability of stock while at 
the same time minimising obsolescence and wastage. This is 
particularly significant in light of the number of new kitchen 
ranges introduced during the year.

The Committee reviewed the results of stock counts and the 
processes used to value inventory, including the assumptions 
behind obsolescence provisions.

The external auditor provided reports to the Committee which 
considered the appropriateness of provisions held against the 
carrying value of inventory, while also having regard to the age 
of discontinued lines and volumes of continuing lines relative to 
the expected usage and the levels of historical write offs.

Validity of the actuarial assumptions
The net deficit of the Group’s defined benefit pension scheme 
has remained in line with the prior year reflecting the fall 
in the discount rate offset by the Company’s contributions 
and better than expected return on assets. The Committee 
carefully considered:

•  whether the actuarial assumptions, and in particular the 
mortality assumptions, applied were appropriate; and

•  the views of the external auditors.

The Committee also met with the Group’s external actuaries 
and considered their recommendations.

Recognition of revenue (presumed risk)
In accordance with ISA240, there is a presumed fraud risk with 
regard to revenue recognition.

2016 Area of significant financial judgement 
Capitalisation of fixed assets
The capitalisation of fixed assets is no longer considered to 
be an area of significant financial judgement. It continues 
to include inherent judgement but to a lesser degree than 
the areas of significant financial judgement. The change in 
significance is as a result of the changing nature of capital 
expenditure in the business’s supply division.

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report88

89

Audit Committee Report continued

EXTERNAL AUDIT

EXTERNAL AUDIT CONTINUED

Role of the Audit Committee:
Role of the Audit Committee:
Role of the Audit Committee:
•  Makes recommendations to the Board in relation to the appointment of the external auditor and approving the remuneration and 

terms of engagement of the external auditor

•  Reviews and monitors the external auditor’s independence and objectivity and the effectiveness of the audit process, taking into 

consideration relevant UK professional and regulatory requirements

•  Reviews the external auditor’s audit plans and Audit Committee reports

•  Develops, implements and monitors the policy on the engagement of the external auditor to supply non-audit services, taking 
into account relevant legislation and ethical guidance regarding the provision of non-audit services by the external audit firm

Supporting actions, processes and information:
Supporting actions, processes and information:
Supporting actions, processes and information:

EXTERNAL AUDITOR
EXTERNAL AUDITOR
EXTERNAL AUDITOR

External auditor:

Deloitte LLP (‘Deloitte’)

External auditor tenure:

15 years

Latest a new external auditor 
will be engaged*:

2022

Lead audit partner:

Claire Faulkner

Lead audit partner tenure:

1 year (of a 5 year cycle)

The information in the table above was correct at 30 December 2017.

*Further information about external auditor tender plans may be found on page 89.

Auditor Effectiveness
Auditor Effectiveness
Auditor Effectiveness
To assess the effectiveness of the external auditor, the 
Committee reviewed:

•  The proposed plan of work presented by the external auditor, 
including audit risks, materiality, terms of engagement and 
fees prior to commencement of the 2017 audit

•  The external auditor’s fulfilment of the agreed audit plan and 

any variations from the plan

•  Perceptions and professional scepticism of the external 

auditor and audit process from key management personnel 
in the finance function

•  Robustness and perceptiveness of the auditor in their 
handling of the key accounting and audit judgements

•  Internal control and risk content of the external  

auditor’s report

Auditor Independence
Auditor Independence
Auditor Independence
Auditor independence is an essential part of the audit 
framework and the assurance it provides. The Committee 
therefore undertook a comprehensive review of auditor 
independence during 2017, which included:

•  A review of the independence of the external auditor and the 
arrangements which they have in place to identify, report and 
manage conflicts of interest

•  Consideration of the effectiveness of the external auditor 

through a review of their plan of work and the outputs arising 
from the audit

•  A review of the changes in key external audit staff for the 
current year and the arrangements for the day-to-day 
management of the audit relationship

•  Consideration of the overall extent of non-audit services 

provided by the external auditor, in addition to case-by-case 
approval of the provision of non-audit services as appropriate

•  Deliberation of the likelihood of a withdrawal of the auditor 
from the market and note taken of the fact that there  
are no contractual obligations to restrict the choice of 
external auditor

At the year end, the external auditor formally confirmed that 
their independence and objectivity had been maintained.

Policy for non-audit services provided by the  
external Auditor
The main aims of this policy are to:

Audit Quality Review
The FRC’s Audit Quality Review team (AQR team) selected 
Deloitte’s 2016 audit of the Group’s financial statements as  
part of their 2017/18 annual inspection of audit firms. 

•  Ensure the independence of the auditor in performing the 

statutory audit; and

•  Avoid any conflict of interest by clearly detailing the types of 

work that the auditor can and cannot undertake.

The Committee was pleased to note that there were no findings 
raised following the FRC’s assessment of the audit.

The Audit Committee reviewed and updated the policy for non-
audit services in 2016 to bring it into line with the amended FRC 
ethical standards and UK Corporate Governance Code.

The regulation substantially limits the non-audit services 
which can be provided by auditor. The key changes to the 
policy included:

•  The introduction of a 70% cap of the value of the audit fee for 
all non-audit services calculated on a rolling three-year basis.

•  The inclusion of the following services as categories that are 

prohibited from being carried out by the auditor:

 ‒ tax calculation services as one of the category of services 

upon which is prohibited

 ‒ actuarial valuation services

The policy specifies the type of non-audit work that the auditor 
may be engaged in without the matter first being referred to the 
Audit Committee, which considers each referral on a case-by-
case basis. 

The policy aims to ensure that in providing non-audit services 
the auditor does not audit its own work or make management 
decisions for the Company or any of its subsidiaries. The policy 
also clarifies responsibilities for the agreement of fees payable 
for non-audit work.

External auditor fees
All relevant fees proposed by the external auditor must be 
reported to and approved by the Audit Committee. 

Details of the total fees, including non-audit fees, paid during 
the year to Deloitte are set out in the chart below and in note 6 
to the consolidated financial statements. 

Non-audit services were provided in relation the review of the 
Interim Report.

The Audit Committee also has a policy in relation to the 
employment of former members of the external audit team.

External audit tender
As reported in last year’s Annual Report, the Audit Committee 
has decided that it will engage a new external auditor no later 
than 2022 (following the conclusion of the current five-year lead 
audit partner cycle). The Committee will keep the need to re-
tender the external audit under review until this time.

In coming to this decision, the Audit Committee considered 
the transitional arrangements published by the Department of 
Business, Energy & Industrial Strategy in 2015, which provide 
that the Company cannot renew Deloitte’s appointment as 
external auditor beyond June 2023, given it has been the 
external auditor for over eleven years but less than twenty years.

The Committee also considered the UK Corporate Governance 
Code and the FRC’s Guidance on Audit Committees, which 
provide that the external audit should be re-tendered at least 
every ten years and that this process should fit in with the lead 
audit partner five-year rotation.

Deloitte has expressed their willingness to continue in office 
as auditor and the Committee has unanimously recommended 
to the Board that a proposal to reappoint them as auditor and 
to authorise the Directors to fix their remuneration is put to the 
shareholders at the Annual General Meeting in 2018.

Total fees paid to Deloitte

£0.1m

£0.3m

£0.4m

£0.5m

201620162016

201720172017

Audit Fees

Non-Audit Fees

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report90

91

Audit Committee Report continued

CONTROLS AND INTERNAL AUDIT

GOVERNANCE

Role of the Audit Committee:
Role of the Audit Committee:
Role of the Audit Committee:
•  Monitors the Group’s internal financial controls throughout the year

Role of the Audit Committee:
•  Ensures it is aware of technical, regulatory and governance changes applicable to the work of the Committee

•  Reviews the Group’s financial risk management processes, systems and reports (although the Board as a whole remains 

•  Reviews any interests a Director has which conflicts or may conflict with the interests of the Company

responsible for overseeing the overall risk profile of the business)

•  Oversees the effectiveness of the Group’s Internal Audit function and ensures that its findings are used effectively

Supporting actions, processes and information:
Supporting actions, processes and information:
Supporting actions, processes and information:

COMMITTEE ACTIONS 
COMMITTEE ACTIONS 
COMMITTEE ACTIONS 
Internal Audit
Internal Audit
Internal Audit
During the year, the Committee reviewed:

•  Internal Audit’s programme of work and resources

•  Results of key audits and other significant findings including 
the adequacy and timeliness of management’s response 
(see Case Study on Product Safety and Recall on page 92)

•  The level and nature of assurance activity performed by 

Internal Audit

•  Staffing, reporting and effectiveness of divisional audit

Fraud Risk
Fraud Risk
Fraud Risk
The Committee considered the controls in place to mitigate 
fraud risk.

Divisional Controls
Divisional Controls
Divisional Controls
Senior management from the business were invited to discuss 
the controls in their business areas. The Director of Commercial 
Finance and Head of Compliance of the Trade division gave 
presentations on the control environments in their area.

An update on the IT control environment was presented by the 
Chief Information Officer. Updates on cyber security and the 
General Data Protection Regulation were also provided by the 
Head of Information Systems Security and Group Counsel.

Independent Assurance
Independent Assurance
Independent Assurance
The Committee assessed the coverage of independent 
assurance by reviewing the Group assurance map and reviewed 
the business continuity management provisions.

WHISTLEBLOWING POLICY
WHISTLEBLOWING POLICY
WHISTLEBLOWING POLICY
The Group’s whistleblowing policy contains arrangements for 
all our employees to have access to a confidential outsourced 
service, which allows calls and emails to be received in multiple 
languages, 24 hours a day. The policy will be reviewed by the 
Committee in 2018.

Complaints on accounting, risk issues, internal controls, 
auditing issues and related matters are reported to the Audit 
Committee as appropriate. In 2017, The Committee received a 
report on the activity reported under the Group’s whistleblowing 
policy and the issues raised and investigated under this policy 
were formally reviewed by the Committee.

INDEPENDENT REVIEW OF THE INTERNAL 
INDEPENDENT REVIEW OF THE INTERNAL    
INDEPENDENT REVIEW OF THE INTERNAL 
AUDIT AND RISK FUNCTION
AUDIT AND RISK FUNCTION
AUDIT AND RISK FUNCTION
An independent review of the Internal Audit and Risk function 
was carried out by Grant Thornton during the year (in line with 
the Audit Committee’s policy to perform an external review of 
the functions every five years) to assess its effectiveness and to 
ensure it was meeting Audit Committee and Board expectations.

The overall conclusion from the review was that the function 
was widely valued within the business as an independent voice, 
giving an early view of emerging risks and committed to helping 
the business to further improve. 

In keeping with the overall business culture, the review also 
concluded that the function demonstrated energy and drive 
in its work and supported continuous improvement within 
the business. While this has led to more challenging audits 
– particularly where they address Group-wide themes – 
management recognised the usefulness and value of the 
function’s work.

The audit plan’s coverage of business risks was also assessed 
as good, with a mix of audits that either added or preserved 
value. The risk framework itself was well-developed with regular 
consultation within the business regarding risks and a good 
mix of top-down and bottom-up risk consideration in place. The 
underlying methodology and quality of audit work of the team 
was assessed to be appropriate.

•  Reviews its own performance, constitution and terms of reference once a year to ensure it is operating effectively

•  Reports to the Board on how it has discharged it responsibilities

•  Reports to shareholders on its activities in the Annual Report

Supporting actions, processes and information:

COMMITTEE ACTIONS 
Governance Updates
Updates on the latest governance practices for Audit 
Committees and changes in reporting requirements were 
provided by the external auditor.

COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP
The Committee is composed entirely of independent 
Non-Executive Directors. Independence is critical for fair 
assessment of the management team and the external 
and internal audit functions.

All members of the Audit Committee are also members of the 
Deloitte Academy, which provides in-depth updates on financial 
and reporting matters.

Committee Effectiveness
An effectiveness review was carried out on the Committee and 
its members as part of the Board’s wider evaluation process 
(further details may be found on page 70). 

The Committee also reviewed its own effectiveness by 
completing an Audit Committee effectiveness tool. The 
review encompassed a mix of qualitative and regulatory 
considerations as well as reviewing Committee structure, 
responsibilities and reporting. 

Both reviews concluded that the current mix of financial, 
commercial and relevant sector experience of the Audit 
Committee, and that of its advisors, is such that the Committee 
can effectively exercise its responsibilities to the Group in 
relation to risk and controls.

Terms of Reference
The Committee updated its terms of reference to reflect 
changes in best practice.

Policies and Conflicts
The Committee reviewed its policies in relation to allocation of 
non-audit work (further detail on this policy may be found on 
page 88) and employment of ex-audit firm personnel. It also 
reviewed the Directors’ conflicts of interest register.

CMA Order Compliance
The Audit Committee confirms that the Company has complied 
with the provisions of the Competition and Markets Authority 
Order throughout its financial year ended 30 December 2017 
and up to the date of this report.

Chairman
Andrew Cripps was appointed Audit Committee Chair in May 
2016. He is responsible for determining the Committee’s 
agenda and for maintaining the key relationships between the 
Group’s senior management, Head of Risk and Internal Audit, 
the Company Secretary and senior representatives of the 
external auditor.

Andrew is also responsible for ensuring that key audit issues are 
reported to the Board in an effective and timely manner and that 
they are reported to shareholders via the Annual Report.

Recent and relevant financial experience
Andrew Cripps qualified as a Chartered Accountant with KPMG 
and has held executive director roles in the UK and Europe 
with Rothmans International, where he was Corporate Finance 
Director. More recently, Andrew has been Audit Committee 
Chairman of a number of public companies, including Booker 
Group plc.

Competence relevant to the sector
The unique business model of Howdens means it does  
not naturally fit into one sector and therefore when the 
Committee undertook an assessment of its skills and 
experience it assessed them against a number of sectors 
relevant to the Company. These included building and 
construction, multi-site wholesale, manufacturing  
and logistics, and service to customers. 

The Committee concluded that competence relevant to these 
sectors was well represented within the current membership 
and that the thorough inductions provided to the Committee 
members and the opportunities for them to meet with senior 
management and Executives further enhanced their working 
knowledge of the way the Company operates and the sectors  
it spans.

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report92

93

Audit Committee Report continued

Case Study: Product Safety and Recall
The Audit Committee has a broad remit and whilst a significant amount of the Committee’s time 
is spent scrutinising the financial reporting aspects of the business, the Committee also provides 
important safeguards in relation to operational internal controls. One such area which has 
featured highly on the Audit Committee’s agenda during 2017 (and will continue to do so) is product 
safety. Care for the health and safety of everyone who comes into contact with Howdens, be they 
employees, customers, or suppliers, is integral to our principles and to our behaviour.

Product safety and the ability of companies to successfully undertake product recall programmes 
came under increased scrutiny during 2017. To that end the Government has taken action by 
launching the Office for Product Safety and Standards to support companies on such matters but 
the onus remains on manufacturers, producers and sellers of products to safeguard their customers 
and their customers’ customer. Howdens takes its social and legal responsibilities for product safety 
and product recall preparedness very seriously. As a producer of our own Lamona branded kitchen 
appliances, we are acutely aware that we are responsible for the products we produce. Whilst these 
products should be affordable, reliable and energy-efficient, first and foremost they need to be safe.

The Audit Committee is satisfied that there are extensive mitigating measures to ensure our products 
are safe; the safety of those using products supplied by Howdens is fundamental to our primary aim 
of being a business which is worthwhile for all concerned.

Following an internal audit review undertaken during 2016, the Audit Committee requested an 
update on the actions against the recommendations from management. At the July Audit Committee 
meeting the Chief Operating Officer for the Supply division provided an update on the progress of the 
recommendations against plan. At the meeting, he confirmed that:

• 

 A cross-divisional Product Safety Committee had been established in order to review the strategic 
objectives and initiatives concerning product safety and product recall processes. This Committee 
would support the existing divisional product safety procedures and make recommendations to 
the Executive Committee when a product incident necessitated a product recall or other remedial 
action.

•  Product traceability tests had been undertaken in order to establish the availability of purchaser 

data and other relevant information which could assist in the event of a product recall.

•  Appliance serial number scanners had been installed in all depots.

•  AMDEA registrations had improved but, in line with the wider market, remained low.

•  Testing of the documented product recall processes would be performed before the end of  

the year.

The Committee also considered the external assurance received specifically in relation  
to the safety design features of Lamona fridge freezers. Further to the update, the Audit Committee 
agreed to revisit the product safety and recall work following testing of the product recall process. 

Given the importance of this work, the Audit Committee will continue to review the control framework 
safeguarding product safety on a recurring basis in the future in order to ensure the appropriate 
safeguards remain in place. 

THE AUDIT COMMITTEE IN 2018

As a result of its work during the year, the Audit Committee 
concludes that it acted in accordance with its terms of 
reference during the period and has ensured the independence 
and objectivity of the external auditors.

The Committee will continue to consider all of the matters 
set out in this report for which it has primary responsibility in 
relation to financial statements, reporting and controls, the 
work of the external auditor and the Internal Audit function. 

It will continue to consider the Company’s governance 
arrangements and review the Committee’s terms of reference.

The Committee is scheduled to meet at least three times 
during 2018 and these meetings will follow the annual 
reporting cycle.

By order of the Board

Andrew Cripps
Audit Committee Chairman
28 February 2018

FINANCIAL INTEGRITY AND INTERNAL CONTROLS
FINANCIAL INTEGRITY AND INTERNAL CONTROLS
FINANCIAL INTEGRITY AND INTERNAL CONTROLS

Financial 
Financial 
Financial 
Reporting
Reporting
Reporting

External
External
External
Audits
Audits
Audits

Controls
Controls
Controls
and 
and 
and 
internal
internal
internal
audits
audits
audits

Governance
Governance
Governance

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report94

Directors’ Report

The Directors have pleasure in submitting their report  
and the audited financial statements for the 53 week  
period ended 30 December 2017. Comparative figures  
relate to the 52 weeks ended 24 December 2016.

In order to make our Annual Report and Accounts more accessible a number of the sections traditionally found in this report can  
now be found in other sections of this Annual Report and Accounts where it was deemed that the information would be presented  
in a more connected and accessible way. The Directors’ report comprises the sections detailed below, including the statement on  
political donations.

Any sections that have been moved have been cross-referenced below for ease of reference: 

Located in the Strategic Report:

Located in the Nominations Committee Report:

Principal Group activities, business review and results: 
The principal activities of Howden Joinery Group Plc and its 
subsidiaries can be found on pages 5 to 49.

Dividend: Information about the final dividend can be found 
in the Chairman’s Statement on page 8 and the Review of 
Finance and Operations on page 24.

Going Concern, Viability and other Statements of the 
Directors: These statements may be found on pages 33 and 34.

Principal Risks and Uncertainties: The Group’s principal 
risks and uncertainties and information on the Group’s 
approach to risk and the risk management process may be 
found on pages 28 to 32.

Located in the Corporate Social Responsibility 
Report:

Greenhouse Gas Emissions: Details of the Group’s 
greenhouse gas emissions, as required by Schedule 7 
of the Large and Medium-Sized Companies and Groups 
(Accounts and Reports) Regulation 2008 (SI 2008/410) 
as amended by the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report 
and Directors’ Report) Regulations 2013 (SI 2013/1970), 
are set out on page 45.

Employees: Information about employee participation in the 
Howden Joinery Share Incentive Plan can be found on page 40.

Directors: Information with regard to the appointment  
and replacement of Directors is located on page 66.

Employees: Information about the total number of 
employees and gender diversity statistics are located 
on page 67. The average number of employees 
and their remuneration are shown in note 7 to the 
financial statements.

Located in the Corporate Governance Report:

Share capital, substantial shareholdings and 
acquisition of the Company’s own shares: Information  
in this regard can be found on page 59.

Directors: Details of Directors who served during the year 
and up to the date of signing may be found on page 51. 
Details of Directors and their interests are on page 83 and 
details of Directors’ Indemnity and Insurance on page 61.

Annual General Meeting: Information about the Annual 
General Meeting, including reappointment of the Group’s 
auditor, can be found on page 59. A copy of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code can be accessed at  
www.frc.org.uk.

POLITICAL DONATIONS 
The Group made no political donations during the current and previous periods. 

By order of the Board 

Forbes McNaughton 
Company Secretary 

28 February 2018

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017

95

Financial 
statements

96  Consolidated income statement

97  Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

98  Consolidated balance sheet

99  Consolidated statement of changes in equity

100  Consolidated cash flow statement

101  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

134   Independent auditor’s report to the members  

of Howden Joinery Group Plc

140  Company balance sheet

141  Company statement of changes in equity

142  Notes to the Company financial statements

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l

a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

l

a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A
+
+

 
 
 
 
96

97

Consolidated income statement

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

Continuing operations:

Revenue – sale of goods

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Selling & distribution costs

Administrative expenses

Operating profit

Finance income

Other finance expense – pensions

Profit before tax

Tax on profit

Profit for the period attributable to the equity holders of the parent

Earnings per share:

Basic earnings per 10p share

Diluted earnings per 10p share

53 weeks to  
30 December 2017

52 weeks to  
24 December 2016

Notes

£m

£m

4

6

8

9

10

10

1,403.8 

1,307.3 

(515.4)

888.4 

(564.5)

(89.5)

234.4 

0.2 

(2.4)

232.2 

(47.2)

185.0 

29.9p

29.8p

(467.4)

839.9 

(513.5)

(89.2)

237.2 

0.8 

(1.0)

237.0 

(51.4)

185.6 

29.5p

29.4p

Profit for the period

Items of other comprehensive income:

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Actuarial losses on defined benefit pension scheme

Deferred tax on actuarial losses on defined benefit pension scheme

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Currency translation differences

Other comprehensive income for the period

Total comprehensive income for the period attributable to equity holders of the parent

53 weeks to  
30 December 2017 

52 weeks to  
24 December 2016 

£m

185.0 

(22.1)

4.2 

– 

(17.9)

167.1 

£m

185.6 

(86.4)

16.3 

0.8 

(69.3)

116.3 

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report98

99

Consolidated balance sheet

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

Non-current assets

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Deferred tax asset

Long-term prepayments

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Investments

Cash at bank and in hand

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Current tax liability

Non-current liabilities

Pension liability

Deferred tax liability

Provisions 

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Share capital

Share premium account

ESOP reserve

Treasury shares

Retained earnings

Total equity

30 December 2017 

24 December 2016 

Notes

£m

£m

12

13

14

15

16

16

22

17

19

14

20

21

15.4 

180.0 

25.8 

0.1 

221.3 

208.3 

137.8 

55.0 

186.1 

587.2 

808.5 

(212.1)

(20.6)

(232.7)

(109.3)

(1.8)

(10.5)

(121.6)

(354.3)

454.2 

62.8 

87.5 

(10.7)

(36.2)

350.8 

454.2 

7.3 

167.9 

26.0 

0.4 

201.6 

183.7 

135.9 

87.3 

139.3 

546.2 

747.8 

(214.2)

(19.8) 

(234.0)

(106.0)

(1.8)

(9.0)

(116.8)

(350.8)

397.0 

63.9 

87.5 

(0.2)

(52.8)

298.6 

397.0

The financial statements were approved by the Board and authorised for issue on 28 February 2018 and were signed on its behalf by

Mark Robson
Deputy Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer

Share 
capital

£m

65.2

Share 
premium 
account

£m

87.5

ESOP 
reserve

Treasury 
shares

Other 
reserve

Retained 
profit

£m

11.0

£m

(45.3)

£m

28.1

At 26 December 2015

Accumulated profit for the period

Other comprehensive income for the period

Total comprehensive income for the period

Current tax on share schemes

Deferred tax on share schemes

Currency translation differences

Movement in ESOP

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Buyback and cancellation of shares

(1.3)

Buyback of shares into treasury

Transfer of shares from treasury into share trust

Dividends declared and paid

Transfer of other reserve into retained earnings

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

5.0

–

–

(16.2)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(23.7)

16.2

–

–

At 24 December 2016

63.9

87.5

(0.2)

(52.8)

Accumulated profit for the period

Other comprehensive income for the period

Total comprehensive income for the period

Current tax on share schemes

Deferred tax on share schemes

Movement in ESOP

Buyback and cancellation of shares

Transfer of shares from treasury into share trust

Dividends declared and paid

At 30 December 2017

–

–

–

–

–

–

(1.1)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

6.1

–

(16.6)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

16.6

–

62.8

87.5

(10.7)

(36.2)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(28.1)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

£m

275.2

185.6

Total

£m

421.7

185.6

(70.1)

(70.1)

115.5

115.5

1.5

(2.1)

0.8

–

(55.0)

–

–

(65.4)

28.1

298.6

185.0

1.5

(2.1)

0.8

5.0

(56.3)

(23.7)

–

(65.4)

–

397.0

185.0

(17.9)

(17.9)

167.1

167.1

0.4

(0.1)

–

0.4

(0.1)

6.1

(46.8)

(47.9)

–

–

(68.4)

(68.4)

350.8

454.2

The ESOP reserve includes shares in Howden Joinery Group Plc with a market value on the balance sheet date of £36.5m (2016: 
£20.8m), which are held by the Group’s Employee Share Trusts in order to satisfy share options and awards made under the Group’s 
various share-based payment schemes.

The item “Movement in ESOP” consists of the share-based payment charge in the year, together with any receipts of cash from 
employees on exercise of share options.

At the current period end there were 7,420,580 ordinary shares held in treasury, each with a nominal value of 10p (2016: 
10,828,842 shares).

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report100

101

Consolidated cash flow statement

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Notes

Group operating profit

Adjustments for:

Depreciation and amortisation included in operating profit

Share-based payments charge

Loss/(profit) on disposal of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital

Movements in working capital and exceptional items

Increase in stock

Increase in trade and other receivables

(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables and provisions

Difference between pensions operating charge and cash paid

Cash generated from operations

Tax paid

Tax refund received

Net cash flow from operating activities

Cash flows used in investing activities

Payments to acquire property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

Receipts from sale of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

Interest received

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows used in financing activities

Payments to acquire own shares

Receipts from release of shares from share trust

Decrease in long-term prepayments

Dividends paid to Group shareholders

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

22

53 weeks to  
30 December 2017

52 weeks to  
24 December 2016

£m

234.4 

28.0 

4.0 

0.2 

266.6 

(24.6)

(1.9)

(0.4)

(21.2)

(48.1)

218.5 

(41.8)

–

176.7 

(48.5)

– 

0.2 

(48.3)

(47.9)

2.1 

0.3 

(68.4)

(113.9)

14.5 

226.6 

241.1 

£m

237.2 

24.0 

4.0 

(0.1)

265.1 

(6.6)

(6.4)

14.5 

(30.6)

(29.1)

236.0 

(41.5)

12.7 

207.2 

(63.5)

0.2 

0.8 

(62.5)

(80.0)

1.0 

0.2 

(65.4)

(144.2)

0.5 

226.1 

226.6 

1 GENERAL INFORMATION
Howden Joinery Group Plc is a company incorporated in the United 
Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006. The registered office 
address is 40 Portman Square, London, W1H 6LT. The nature of 
the Group’s operations are set out in the Strategic Report, and 
the Group’s principal activity is the sale of kitchens and joinery 
products, along with the associated manufacture, sourcing, and 
distribution of these products.

These financial statements are presented in UK pounds sterling, 
being the currency of the primary economic environment in which 
the Group operates.

Foreign operations are included in accordance with the policies 
set out in note 2.

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of presentation
The Group’s accounting period covers the 53 weeks to  
30 December 2017. The comparative period covered the  
52 weeks to 24 December 2016.

Statement of compliance and basis of 
preparation
The Group’s financial statements have been prepared in 
accordance with the IFRSs adopted for use in the European Union 
and International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee 
(“IFRIC”) interpretations and with those parts of the Companies 
Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. They 
therefore comply with Article 4 of the EU IAS Regulation. 

The financial statements have been prepared on the historical 
cost basis, and on the going concern basis, as described in the 
going concern statement in the Strategic Report. The principal 
accounting policies are set out below.

Standards in issue but not yet effective
At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, 
the following standards, amendments to standards, and 
interpretations, were in issue but not yet effective for the  
Group in these financial statements:

Amendments to IFRS 2: Classification and Measurement of 
Share-Based Payment Transactions

Amendments to IFRS 4: Applying IFRS 9 Financial Instruments 
with IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts

IFRIC 22: Foreign Currency Transactions and  
Advance Consideration

Amendments to IAS 40: Transfers of Investment Property

Annual Improvements to IFRSs: 2014 - 2016 Cycle

IFRS 9: Financial Instruments

IFRS 14: Regulatory Deferral Accounts

IFRS 15: Revenue from Contracts with Customers

IFRS 16: Leases

IFRIC 23: Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments

Amendments to IFRS 9: Prepayment Features with  
Negative Compensation

Amendments to IAS 28: Long-term interests in Associates  
and JVs

Annual Improvements to IFRSs: 2015-17 cycle

IFRS 17: Insurance Contracts

The Directors anticipate that the adoption of the standards and 
interpretations mentioned above will have no significant impact 
on the Group’s financial statements when the relevant standards 
come into effect, other than in the case of IFRS 16 which we 
discuss in more detail on the following page. 

We do not expect IFRS 15 to have a significant effect on us, but 
we recognise that there is currently a high degree of interest in the 
effect of IFRS 15 on companies and that there is an expectation 
that IFRS 15 will have a significant effect on many companies, 
so we have chosen to explain why we do not expect it have a 
significant effect on us.

IFRS 15: Revenue from Contracts with Customers
We will adopt IFRS 15 in the year to December 2019. IFRS 15 
has two main potential effects; it may change the way in which 
companies recognise revenue, and it may also change the amount 
of revenue recognised. We do not expect any such changes. 

The effect of IFRS 15 on the way companies will 
recognise revenue
IFRS 15 requires companies to look at their contracts with 
customers and, where relevant, to break these contracts down 
into separate performance obligations. The total revenue under 
each contract has to be allocated between each separate 
obligation. Each part of the revenue can only be recognised 
at a point in time, or over a period of time, which reflects the 
completion of each separate obligation. 

The effect of IFRS 15 is expected to be most significant for 
companies which, for example, sell combined bundles of both 
goods and services, and companies who have long-term contracts. 

The Group’s business model does not include any such 
transactions. We are an in-stock business, we currently recognise 
revenue on despatch from our depots, and we do not expect that 
to change under IFRS 15.

The effect of IFRS 15 on the amount of revenue 
recognised
IFRS 15 will require some companies to adjust the amount of 
revenue they recognise in a period as it requires companies to 
adjust revenue for discounts, rebates, incentives, penalties and 
similar items. 

The Group’s business model either does not involve these sort 
of items, or, as in the case of discounts, they are applied at the 
point of sale and therefore already form part of the amount we 
recognise as revenue under the current accounting standard. 

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report102

103

IFRS 16: Leases
We will adopt IFRS 16 in the year to December 2020. It will 
increase both our assets and liabilities by a material amount. 
It will also have a timing effect on how we recognise the cost of 
leases in our income statement.

We lease our depot, warehouse, factory and office properties, as 
well as other assets such as fork lift trucks, lorries, vans and cars. 
Under the current leasing standard, these leases are operating 
leases. This means that they are not represented on the balance 
sheet, and that rent payments are charged to income on a 
straight-line basis over the course of the lease. The amount of our 
future operating lease commitments can be seen at note 23 to 
these accounts, and our annual lease payment is shown at note 6.

When IFRS 16 comes into effect, we will have to bring these 
operating leases onto our balance sheet. Also, our annual lease 
expense will no longer be equal to the rent paid for that year.

When we bring these leases onto the balance sheet, our gross 
assets and gross liabilities will each increase by a broadly equal 
and opposite amount. The addition to gross assets will represent 
our right to use the leased asset, and the addition to gross 
liabilities will reflect our obligation to make future lease payments. 

IFRS 16 will also have a timing effect on the annual lease 
expense, which will no longer be equal to the rent paid for 
that year. We will have to treat the leases in a similar way to 
borrowings, and will have to calculate a notional interest charge 
on them. This notional interest will be calculated in a similar way 
to that in which interest is charged on a loan. More interest will be 
charged in the early periods of each lease and less interest will 
be charged in the later periods. 

This means that the annual income statement charge for a lease 
will not be the same each year. It will be more than the annual 
rental payment in the earlier years of a lease, and less than 
the annual rental payment in the later years of a lease. Over 
the course of a lease, the total amounts of interest and capital 
repayments charged to the income statement will still be equal to 
the total rental payments under the lease, as they are at present. 
However, there will inevitably be some timing effect which will 
depend on the maturity profile and the length of leases which we 
have at any one time. 

The Group has not yet carried out a detailed assessment of 
the possible range of effects on its balance sheet and income 
statement at the date of approval of these financial statements. 
We have carried out a high level impact assessment, and as part 
of our ongoing IFRS 16 implementation project we have selected a 
software solution which we will use to carry out the detailed IFRS 
16 calculations and which we will begin to implement in 2018. 
The actual amount of additional assets and liabilities which we will 
recognise when we adopt IFRS 16 in 2020 will depend on several 
factors. Some of the most material factors will be: the transition 
option we decide to use; the incremental borrowing rates we use 
to discount our future lease commitments, and any significant 
leases which the Group enters into or which come to an end 
between now and 2020. 

Basis of consolidation
Subsidiaries  
Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. 
“Control” is defined in this case as the power to govern financial 
and operating policies so as to obtain benefits from the 
subsidiaries’ activities. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from 
the date on which control is established until the date that control 
ceases. Control is achieved where the Group has the power to 
govern the financial and operating policies of an investee entity  
so as to obtain benefits from its activities.

Revenue recognition
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration 
received or receivable and represents amounts receivable for 
goods and services, based on despatch of goods or services 
provided to customers outside the Group, excluding sales taxes 
and discounts. Interest income is recognised in the income 
statement as it accrues, using the effective interest method. 

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable 
value. Cost includes an attributable proportion of manufacturing 
overheads based on budgeted levels of activity. Cost is calculated 
using a standard cost which is regularly updated to reflect average 
actual costs. Provision is made for obsolete, slow-moving, or 
defective items where appropriate. 

Property, plant and equipment 
All property, plant and equipment is stated at cost (or deemed 
cost, as applicable) less accumulated depreciation, and less any 
provision for impairment. 

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is provided to write 
off the difference between their cost and their residual value over 
their estimated lives on a straight-line basis. The current range of 
useful lives is as follows:

Freehold property

50 years

Leasehold property

The period of the lease, or the 
individual asset’s life if shorter

Plant, machinery & vehicles 3–20 years

Fixtures & fittings

2–15 years

Capital work-in-progress and freehold land are not depreciated.

Residual values, remaining useful economic lives and 
depreciation periods and methods are reviewed annually and 
adjusted if appropriate.

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing 
proceeds with carrying amount. These are included in the  
income statement. 

Intangible assets
Our intangible assets represent computer software. Where 
computer software is not an integral part of a related item of 
computer hardware, the software is classified as an intangible 
asset. The capitalised costs of software for internal use include 
external direct costs of materials and services consumed in 
developing or obtaining the software and payroll and payroll-
related costs for employees who are directly associated with 
and who devote substantial time to the project. Capitalisation of 
these costs ceases no later than the point at which the software 
is substantially complete and ready for its intended internal use. 
These costs are amortised over their expected useful lives, which 
are reviewed annually. The expected useful lives range between 
three and seven years, depending on the nature of the software.

Impairment of assets 
The carrying amount of the Group’s assets is reviewed at  
each balance sheet date to determine whether there is any 
indication of impairment. If such an indication exists, the  
asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. 

Apart from in the case of trade and other receivables,  
and inventories, an impairment loss is recognised for the 
amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its 
recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognised in  
the income statement.

For trade and other receivables and inventories which are 
considered to be impaired, the carrying amount is reduced 
through the use of an allowance for estimated irrecoverable 
amounts. Changes in the carrying value of this allowance are 
recognised in the income statement.

Current tax
The tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable 
and deferred tax. 

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the 
financial period. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported 
in the income statement because it excludes items of income or 
expense that are taxable or deductible in other financial years 
and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. 
The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates 
that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance 
sheet date. 

Additional income taxes that arise from the distribution of 
dividends are recognised at the same time as the liability to  
pay the related dividend.

Deferred tax
Deferred tax is provided in full using the balance sheet liability 
method. It is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on the 
temporary difference between the carrying amounts of assets 
and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts 
used for taxation purposes. The following temporary differences 
are not provided for: goodwill not deductible for tax purposes; the 
initial recognition of assets and liabilities other than in a business 
combination that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit; and 
differences relating to investments in subsidiaries, to the extent 
that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future. The amount 
of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of 
realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and 
liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the 
balance sheet date. 

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is 
probable that future taxable profits will be available against which 
the asset can be utilised. The carrying amounts of deferred tax 
assets are reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to 
the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit 
will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered. 

Deferred tax is charged or credited to the income statement 
except when it relates to items charged or credited directly to 
equity, in which case the deferred tax is also recognised in equity.

Foreign currencies
Foreign currency transactions
Transactions in foreign currency are translated at the foreign 
exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary 
assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the 
balance sheet date are translated at the exchange rate ruling at 
the date. Foreign exchange gains and losses are recognised in 
the income statement.

Foreign operations
The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill 
and fair value adjustments arising on consolidation, where 
applicable, are translated into sterling at foreign exchange 
rates ruling at the balance sheet date. The results and cash 
flows of overseas subsidiaries and the results of joint ventures 
are translated into sterling on an average exchange rate basis, 
weighted by the actual results of each month. 

Exchange differences arising from the translation of the results 
and net assets of overseas subsidiaries are taken to equity via the 
statement of comprehensive income.

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic reportNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued104

105

Allowances against the carrying value  
of inventories
In order to achieve the accounting policy objective that inventories 
are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value, the Group 
carries an allowance against products which it estimates may 
not sell at a price above cost, or where we may be holding levels 
of product in excess of estimated future demand. The Group 
bases these estimates on a regular review of product lifecycles 
and selling prices achieved in the market, and in particular 
on historical sales profiles of products after they have been 
discontinued. These estimates are updated based on actual 
experience, but the accuracy of the estimates at any point in time 
can be affected by the extent to which current products may not 
follow historical patterns.

Both the gross inventory balance and the amount of the allowance 
against their carrying value are material items and we would 
expect this to remain the case as the Group grows in size, and 
as consumer demand for regular introductions of new product 
continues. Details of inventories and of the allowances against 
their carrying amount for the current and prior period end are 
shown in note 15.

Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present 
obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that the Group 
will be required to settle that obligation, and a reliable estimate 
can be made of the amount required to settle the obligation. 

Provisions are measured at the best estimate of the expenditure 
required to settle the obligation at the balance sheet date, 
taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the 
obligation, and are discounted to present value where the effect  
is material. 

Pensions
Payments to defined contribution retirement benefit schemes  
are charged to the income statement as they fall due. 

The Group operates a defined benefit pension scheme. The 
Group’s net obligation in respect of the defined benefit pension 
scheme is calculated by estimating the amount of future benefit 
that employees have earned in return for their service in the 
current and prior periods. That benefit is then discounted to 
determine its present value, and the fair value of any scheme 
assets is deducted. The discount rate used is selected so as  
to closely approximate the yield at the balance sheet date on  
AA-rated bonds that have maturity dates approximating to the 
terms of the Group’s obligations. The calculation is performed  
by a qualified actuary using the projected unit method.  
Scheme assets are valued at bid price.

Current and past service costs are recognised in operating profit 
and net financing costs include interest on pension scheme 
liabilities and assets. Actuarial gains and losses are recognised 
immediately through the remeasurement of the defined benefit 
pension liability and are taken through the Statement of Other 
Comprehensive Income.

Leased assets
Leases are classified as finance leases when the terms of the 
lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership 
to the Group. All other leases are classified as operating leases. 
For property leases, the land and building elements are treated 
separately to determine the appropriate lease classification.

Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs are recognised in the income statement in the 
period in which they are incurred. In the case of prepaid loan 
facility fees, they are capitalised and set against the related 
borrowings, and then amortised over the life of the related  
loan facility.

Other payables
Other payables are stated at their fair value.

Share-based payments
The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain 
employees. Equity-settled share-based payments are measured 
at fair value at the date of grant. The fair value determined at 
the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is 
expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based 
on the Group’s estimate of shares that will eventually vest.

Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised on the 
Group’s balance sheet when the Group becomes a party to the 
contractual provisions of the instrument.

Trade receivables
Trade receivables do not carry any interest and are stated at 
their nominal value, as reduced by appropriate allowances for 
estimated irrecoverable amounts. Such allowances are raised 
based on an assessment of debtor ageing, past experience, or 
known customer circumstances.

Cash at bank and in hand and Cash and cash equivalents
Cash at bank and in hand, which is the term used in the balance 
sheet, comprises cash on hand together with demand deposits, 
and other short-term highly liquid investments that are readily 
convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an 
insignificant risk of changes in value.

Cash and cash equivalents, which is the term used in the cash 
flow statement, comprises cash at bank and in hand, as defined 
immediately above, together with any overdrafts repayable on 
demand, and any current asset investments with a maturity date 
of less than three months from the balance sheet date.

Operating leases
Assets leased under operating leases are not recorded on the 
balance sheet. Rental payments are charged directly to the 
income statement. 

Net cash
Net cash, as shown in note 22, comprises cash and cash 
equivalents plus any bank borrowings/prepaid loan fees,  
and any finance leases.

Lease incentives
Lease incentives primarily include up-front cash payments or  
rent-free periods. Lease incentives are capitalised and spread 
over the period of the lease term. 

Leases with predetermined fixed rental increases 
The Group has some leases with predetermined fixed rental 
increases. These rental increases are accounted for on a straight-
line basis over the period of the lease term. 

Current asset investments
From time to time, the Group uses short-term investments in 
UK Gilts as part of its cash management activities. The Group 
reviews these investments before entering into them, and, after 
establishing that the Group has both the intention and the ability 
to hold these investments to maturity, they are classified as  
held-to-maturity and are initially recognised at cost, including 
any transaction fees. 

Subsequent to initial recognition, these investments are carried  
at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Income 
from these investments is recognised in the income statement  
on an effective yield basis.

Financial liabilities and equity
Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified 
according to the substance of the contractual arrangements 
entered into. An equity instrument is any contract that evidences 
a residual interest in the assets of the Group after deducting all of 
its liabilities. 

Bank borrowings
Interest-bearing bank loans and overdrafts are recorded at the 
proceeds received, net of direct issue costs. Finance charges, 
including premiums payable on settlement or redemption and 
direct issue costs, are accounted for on an accrual basis to the 
income statement using the effective interest rate method and 
are added to the carrying amount of the instrument to the extent 
that they are not settled in the period in which they arise.

Trade payables
Trade payables are not interest bearing and are stated at their 
nominal value.

3 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS 
AND MAJOR SOURCES OF ESTIMATION 
UNCERTAINTY
The Group makes some judgements when applying its accounting 
policies which can have a significant effect on the amounts 
recognised in these financial statements. The Group also makes 
assumptions concerning the future and other major sources of 
estimation uncertainty that can result in a material adjustment 
to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next 
financial period. We discuss these below.

Actuarial assumptions underlying the value of 
pension liabilities

The Group operates a defined benefit scheme for its employees. 
There is significant judgement involved in selecting appropriate 
measurement bases for the actuarial assumptions used to 
measure the pension deficit. There is also estimation uncertainty 
which means that reasonable alternative assumptions could 
have led to measurement at a materially different amount, or that 
a reasonably possible change in an assumption during the next 
period could lead to a material change in the valuation. 

The key assumptions within this calculation are discount rate, 
inflation rates and mortality rates. These are set out in note 19, 
together with sensitivity analysis that shows the effect that these 
estimates can have on the carrying value of the pension deficit.

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic reportNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued106

107

4 REVENUE
An analysis of the Group’s revenue is as follows:

The following is an analysis of the carrying amount of segment assets, and additions to property, plant and equipment and intangible 
assets, analysed by the geographical area in which the assets are located:

Continuing operations

Sales of goods

Finance income

Total revenue

53 weeks to  
30 December 2017

52 weeks to  
24 December 2016

£m

£m

1,403.8

0.2

1,404.0

1,307.3 

0.8 

1,308.1 

5 SEGMENTAL REPORTING 
(a) Basis of segmentation, and other general information
Information reported to the Group’s Executive Committee is focused on one operating segment, Howden Joinery. Thus, the information 
required in respect of profit or loss, assets and liabilities, can all be found in the relevant primary statements and notes to these 
consolidated financial statements.

The Howden Joinery business derives its revenue from the sale of kitchens and joinery products.

Carrying amount of segment assets

UK

Continental Europe

Non-current assets (excluding deferred tax assets)

UK

Continental Europe

(b) Other information

Capital additions

Depreciation and amortisation

53 weeks to  
30 December 2017 

52 weeks to  
24 December 2016 

£m

48.5

(28.0)

£m

63.5 

(24.0) 

Additions to property plant and equipment and intangible assets

UK

Continental Europe

 30 December 2017 

 24 December 2016 

£m

774.9

33.6

808.5

£m

726.0

21.8 

747.8 

30 December 2017 

 24 December 2016 

£m

191.5

4.0

195.5

£m

171.6 

4.0 

175.6 

53 weeks to  
30 December 2017 

52 weeks to  
24 December 2016 

£m

47.9

0.6

48.5

£m

61.7 

1.8 

63.5 

(c) Geographical information
The Group’s operations are mainly located in the UK, with a small presence in France, Belgium, The Netherlands, and Germany. The 
Group has depots in each of these five countries. The number of depots in each location at the current and prior period ends is shown 
in the five year record which is located towards the back of this Annual Report. The Group’s manufacturing and sourcing operations are 
located in the UK. 

The following table analyses the Group’s revenues from external customers by geographical market, irrespective of the origin of the goods:

Revenues from external customers

UK

Continental Europe

53 weeks to 
30 December 2017 

52 weeks to 
24 December 2016 

£m

£m

1,372.0

31.8

1,403.8

1,281.7 

25.6 

1,307.3 

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic reportNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued108

109

6 OPERATING PROFIT
Operating profit has been arrived at after (charging)/crediting: 

7 STAFF COSTS 
The aggregate payroll costs of employees, including executive directors, were:

Net foreign exchange loss

Depreciation of property plant and equipment:

– on owned assets

Amortisation of intangible assets (included in administrative expenses):

– on owned assets

Cost of inventories recognised as an expense

Write down of inventories

(Loss)/profit on disposal of fixed assets

Increase in allowance for doubtful debts (note 16)

Staff costs (note 7)

Lease payments under operating leases

Auditor’s remuneration for audit services (see below)

All of the items above relate to continuing operations. 

A more detailed analysis of auditor’s total remuneration is given below: 

Audit services:

Fees paid to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Company’s  
annual financial statements

Fees paid to the Company’s auditor and their associates for other services to the Group:

– the audit of the subsidiary companies pursuant to legislation

Total audit fees

Other services:

Audit related assurance services

Tax compliance services

Tax advisory services

Total non-audit fees

53 weeks to  
30 December 2017

52 weeks to  
24 December 2016

 £m

(11.3)

(25.6)

(2.4)

(497.3)

(6.8)

(0.2)

(1.2)

(379.7)

(78.6)

(0.5)

 £m

(22.9)

(21.9)

(2.1)

(437.7)

(6.8)

0.1 

(0.4)

(350.9)

(73.8)

(0.4)

53 weeks to  
30 December 2017 

52 weeks to  
24 December 2016 

£m

(0.2)

(0.3)

(0.5)

(0.1)

–

–

(0.1)

£m

(0.1)

(0.3)

(0.4)

(0.1)

(0.1)

(0.1)

(0.3)

Details of the Group’s policy on the use of auditors for non-audit services, the reasons why the auditor was used rather than another 
supplier and how the auditor’s independence and objectivity were safeguarded are set out in the Corporate Governance Report.  
No services were provided pursuant to contingent fee arrangements.

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Pension operating costs (note 19)

53 weeks to  
30 December 2017 

52 weeks to  
24 December 2016 

£m

(323.3)

(30.6)

(25.8)

(379.7)

£m

(301.7)

(26.4)

(22.8)

(350.9)

Wages and salaries includes a charge in respect of share-based payments of £4.0m (2016: £4.0m).

The average monthly number of persons (full time equivalent, including executive directors) employed by the Group during the period was 
as follows: 

8 FINANCE INCOME

Bank interest receivable

Other interest receivable

Total finance income

53 weeks to  
30 December 2017

52 weeks to  
24 December 2016

Number

9,044

Number

8,852

53 weeks to  
30 December 2017 

52 weeks to  
24 December 2016 

£m

0.2

–

0.2

£m

0.5

0.3

0.8

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic reportNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued 
 
 
 
110

111

9 TAX   
(a) Tax in the income statement 

Current tax:

Current year

Adjustments in respect of previous periods

Total current tax

Deferred tax

Current year

Adjustments in respect of previous periods

Total deferred tax

Total tax charged in the income statement

(c) Reconciliation of the total tax charge 
The total tax charge for the period can be reconciled to the result per the income statement as follows:

53 weeks to  
30 December 2017 

52 weeks to  
24 December 2016 

£m

43.3

(0.4)

42.9

4.5

(0.2)

4.3

47.2

£m

44.9

(0.1)

44.8

7.2

(0.6)

6.6

51.4

Profit before tax

Tax at the UK corporation tax rate of 19.25% (2016: 20%)

IFRS2 share scheme charge

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

Overseas losses not utilised

Change of tax rate*

Non-qualifying depreciation

Other tax adjustments in respect of previous years 

Total tax charged in the income statement

53 weeks to  
30 December 2017 

52 weeks to  
24 December 2016 

£m

232.2

44.7

(0.9)

1.6

1.2

–

1.2

(0.6)

47.2

£m

237.0

47.4

(0.4)

2.2

1.6

0.4

0.9

(0.7)

51.4

UK Corporation tax is calculated at 19.25% (2016: 20%) of the estimated assessable profit for the period. Tax for other countries is 
calculated at the rates prevailing in the respective jurisdictions.

(b) Tax relating to items credited to equity

Deferred tax credit to other comprehensive income on actuarial loss on pension scheme

Deferred tax charge to equity on share schemes

Current tax credit to equity on share schemes

53 weeks to 

52 weeks to 

30 December 2017 

24 December 2016 

£m

(4.2)

0.1

(0.4)

(4.5)

£m

(16.3)

2.1

(1.5)

(15.7)

* 

In September 2016 Parliament approved the Finance Bill which reduces the UK Standard rate of corporation tax from 20% to 19% with effect from 1 April 2017 and 19% to 
17% from 1 April 2020. All deferred tax assets and liabilities have been recognised at 17% except those items expected to reverse before the tax rate reduces to 17%.

The Group’s effective rate of tax is 20.3% (2016: 21.7%).

10 EARNINGS PER SHARE

53 weeks to 30 December 2017

52 weeks to 24 December 2016

Weighted 
average number 
of shares

m

619.1 

2.1 

621.2 

Earnings

£m

185.0 

–

185.0 

Earnings  
per share

p

Earnings

£m

29.9 

(0.1)

29.8 

185.6 

–

185.6 

Weighted 
average number 
of shares

m

629.6 

1.9 

631.5 

Earnings  
per share

p

29.5 

(0.1)

29.4 

From continuing operations:

Basic earnings per share

Effect of dilutive share options

Diluted earnings per share

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic reportNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued 
 
112

113

11 DIVIDENDS 

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders in the period:

Interim dividend for the 53 weeks to 30 December 2017 – 3.6p/share

Final dividend for the 52 weeks to 24 December 2016 – 7.4p/share

Interim dividend for the 52 weeks to 24 December 2016 – 3.3p/share

Final dividend for the 52 weeks to 26 December 2015 – 7.1p/share

Dividends proposed at the end of the period (but not recognised in the period):

Proposed final dividend for the 53 weeks to 30 December 2017 – 7.5p/share

Proposed final dividend for the 52 weeks to 24 December 2016 – 7.4p/share

53 weeks to 
30 December 2017 

52 weeks to 
 24 December 2016 

£m

22.2

46.2

–

–

68.4

£m

 – 

 – 

20.6 

 44.8 

 65.4 

53 weeks to 
 30 December 2017 

52 weeks to  
26 December 2016 

£m

46.0

£m

46.1

The directors propose a final dividend in respect of the 53 weeks to 30 December 2017 of 7.5p per share, payable to ordinary 
shareholders who are on the register of shareholders at 25 May 2018, and payable on 22 June 2018.

Dividends have been waived indefinitely on all shares held by the Group’s employee share trusts, which have not yet been  
awarded to employees. 

The proposed final dividend for the current period is subject to the approval of the shareholders at the 2018 Annual General Meeting, 
and has not been included as a liability in these financial statements.

12 INTANGIBLE ASSETS 
The intangible assets shown below all relate to software, as detailed further in the accounting policies note. 

Intangible assets 
in use 
£m

Intangible assets 
under construction 
£m

TOTAL  
£m

Cost

At 26 December 2015

Exchange adjustments

Additions

Disposals

At 24 December 2016

Exchange adjustments

Additions

Disposals

At 30 December 2017

Accumulated depreciation

At 26 December 2015

Exchange adjustments

Charge for the period

Disposals

At 24 December 2016

Exchange adjustments

Charge for the period

Disposals

At 30 December 2017

Net book value at 30 December 2017

Net book value at 24 December 2016

15.2 

0.2 

4.8 

(0.2)

20.0 

0.1 

3.7 

(0.3)

23.5

(10.6)

(0.2)

(2.1)

0.2

(12.7)

(0.1)

(2.4)

0.3 

(14.9)

8.6 

7.3 

–

–

–

–

–

–

6.8

– 

6.8

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

6.8 

–

15.2

0.2 

4.8 

(0.2)

20.0

0.1

10.5 

(0.3)

30.3

(10.6)

(0.2)

(2.1)

0.2

(12.7)

(0.1)

(2.4)

0.3 

(14.9)

15.4 

7.3 

Additions to intangible assets under construction in the period include £1.4m which has been transferred from the property plant and 
equipment asset class “Capital WIP” and is shown as a disposal in note 13.

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic reportNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued 
 
 
114

115

13 PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Cost

At 26 December 2015

Exchange adjustments

Additions

Disposals

Reclassifications 

At 24 December 2016

Exchange adjustments

Additions

Disposals

Reclassifications 

At 30 December 2017

Accumulated depreciation

At 26 December 2015

Exchange adjustments

Charge for the period

Disposals

At 24 December 2016

Exchange adjustments

Charge for the period

Disposals

At 30 December 2017

Net book value at 30 December 2017

Net book value at 24 December 2016

Freehold 
property

Leasehold 
property

Plant, 
machinery 
& vehicles

Fixtures  
& fittings

£m

£m

£m

£m

Capital 
WIP

£m

22.7 

–

4.2 

(0.3)

4.2 

30.8 

–

1.5 

(0.1)

1.7 

33.9 

3.1 

–

0.5 

(0.3)

3.3 

–

1.0

–

4.3

29.6 

27.5 

48.9 

–

6.7 

(0.3)

1.9 

57.2 

–

7.7 

(1.8)

4.7 

67.8 

18.5 

–

4.6 

(0.3)

22.8 

–

4.7

(1.8) 

25.7

42.1 

34.4 

137.3 

0.2 

12.1 

(5.7)

5.2 

94.1 

0.5 

13.6 

(0.9)

1.8 

149.1 

109.1 

0.1 

11.1 

(6.4)

13.6 

0.2 

10.7 

(2.0)

0.5 

167.5 

118.5 

101.8 

0.1 

10.6 

(5.5)

107.0 

–

12.8

(6.4) 

113.4

54.1 

42.1 

72.5 

0.2 

6.2 

(0.9)

78.0 

0.1

7.1

(2.0) 

83.2

35.3 

31.1 

22.1 

–

25.3 

(1.5)

(13.1)

32.8 

–

8.2 

(1.6)

(20.5)

18.9 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

18.9 

32.8 

TOTAL

£m

325.1 

0.7 

61.9 

(8.7)

–

379.0 

0.3 

39.2 

(11.9)

–

406.6 

195.9 

0.3 

21.9 

(7.0)

211.1 

0.1

25.6

(10.2) 

226.6

180.0 

167.9 

14 DEFERRED TAX 
The following are the major deferred tax assets and liabilities recognised by the Group, and the movements on them during the current 
and prior reporting periods:

At 26 December 2015

(Charge)/credit to income statement

Credit/(charge) outside income statement

At 24 December 2016

(Charge)/credit to income statement

Credit/(charge) outside income statement

At 30 December 2017

Retirement 
benefit 
obligations 

Accelerated 
capital 
allowances 

Company 
share schemes

Other timing 
differences 

£m

9.8 

(6.0)

16.3

20.1 

(3.5)

4.2 

20.8 

£m

1.0 

0.5

–

1.5 

0.1 

–

1.6 

£m

4.8 

(1.1)

(2.1)

1.6 

(0.8)

(0.1)

0.7 

£m

1.0 

–

–

1.0 

(0.1)

–

0.9 

Total 

£m

16.6 

(6.6)

14.2

24.2

(4.3)

4.1 

24.0 

Deferred tax arising from accelerated capital allowances, company share schemes and other timing differences can be further analysed 
as a £5.0m asset and a £1.8m liability (2016: £5.9m asset and £1.8m liability).

The presentation in the balance sheet is as follows:

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities

 30 December 2017

 24 December 2016

£m

25.8 

(1.8)

24.0 

£m

26.0 

(1.8)

24.2 

At the balance sheet date the Group had unused tax losses as disclosed below. These losses are carried forward by particular Group 
companies and may only be offset against profits of that particular company. Deferred tax assets are not recognised in relation to 
these losses as it is not considered probable that suitable future taxable profits will be available in the relevant company against which 
the loss can be utilised. Specifically, in the case of the trading and non-trading losses this is due to the unpredictability of future profit 
streams in the relevant entities, while for capital losses it is due to no current forecasted future capital gains. Included in unrecognised 
trading losses are losses arising in The Netherlands of £5m (2016: £3m) which can only be carried forward for up to nine years. Other 
unrecognised losses may be carried forward indefinitely. All losses have been valued in GBP at the year end closing exchange rate.

Trading losses

Non-trading losses

Capital losses

Total losses

Trading losses expiring in 2023

Trading losses expiring in 2024

Trading losses expiring in 2025

Losses available indefinitely

Total losses

30 December 2017

24 December 2016

£m

50

20

86

156

2

1

2

151

156

£m

44

20

86

150

2

1

–

147

150

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic reportNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued 
 
 
 
116

117

15 INVENTORIES 

Raw materials 

Work in progress

Finished goods and goods for resale

Allowance against carrying value of inventories

30 December 2017

24 December 2016

£m

5.7 

5.3 

224.4 

(27.1)

208.3 

£m

5.0 

4.2 

196.9 

(22.4)

183.7 

In the event that the Group were to use its bank facility, it has pledged its inventories as security for any borrowing under the facility. 
More details are given in note 18.

16 OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS 
Trade and other receivables  

Trade receivables (net of allowance)

Prepayments and accrued income

Other receivables

 30 December 2017 

 24 December 2016 

£m

103.8 

31.8 

2.2 

137.8 

£m

99.2 

35.3 

1.4 

135.9 

Trade and other receivables are not interest-bearing, and are on commercial terms. Their carrying value approximates to their fair value.

An analysis of the Group’s allowance for doubtful receivables is as follows:

Balance at start of period

Increase in allowance recognised in the income statement

Balance at end of period

30 December 2017

24 December 2016

£m

8.7 

1.2 

9.9 

£m

8.3 

0.4 

8.7 

The Group’s exposure to the credit risk inherent in its trade receivables is discussed in note 26. We have no significant concentration 
of credit risk, as our exposure is spread over a large number of customers. We charge interest at appropriate market rates on balances 
which are in litigation. 

Before accepting any new credit customer, we obtain a credit check from an external agency to assess the potential customer’s 
credit quality, and then we set credit limits on a customer-by-customer basis. We review credit limits regularly, and adjust them if 
circumstances change. In the case of one-off customers, our policy is to require immediate payment at the point of sale, and not to offer 
credit terms. 

The historical level of customer default is low, and as a result we consider the “credit quality” of period end trade receivables to be 
high. We regularly review trade receivables which are past due but not impaired, and we consider, based on past experience, whether 
the credit quality of these amounts at the balance sheet date has deteriorated since the transaction was entered into and therefore 
whether the amounts are recoverable. We maintain regular contact with all such customers and, where necessary, we take legal action 
to recover the receivable. We make an allowance for impairment for any specific amounts which we consider to be irrecoverable or only 
partly recoverable. We also have a separate general allowance, which is calculated as a percentage of sales and is based on historical 
default rates. At the period end, the total bad debt provision of £9.9m (2016: £8.7m) consists of a specific provision of £4.0m (2016: 
£3.5m) which has been made against specific debts with a gross carrying value of £5.2m (2016: £4.5m), and a general provision 
of £5.9m (2016: £5.2m). To the extent that recoverable amounts are estimated to be less than their associated carrying values, we 
have recorded impairment charges in the consolidated income statement and have written carrying values down to their estimated 
recoverable amounts. 

We wrote off £5.3m of debts in the period (2016: £5.0m). Included within our aggregate trade receivables balance are specific debtor 
balances with customers totalling £24.1m before bad debt provision (2016: £18.9m before provision) which are past due as at the 
reporting date. We have assessed these balances for recoverability and we believe that their credit quality remains intact. 

An ageing analysis of these past due trade receivables is as follows:

1–30 days past due

31–60 days past due

61–90 days past due

90+ days past due

Total overdue amounts, excluding allowance for doubtful receivables

 30 December 2017

 24 December 2016

£m

12.0 

2.8 

1.6 

7.7 

24.1 

£m

9.3 

2.2 

1.1 

6.3 

18.9 

There were no trade receivables which would have been impaired at either period end were it not for the fact that their credit terms were 
renegotiated. The Group does not renegotiate credit terms.

Cash at bank and in hand
Cash at bank and in hand, which is the term used in the balance sheet, comprises cash on hand together with demand deposits, and 
other short-term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk 
of changes in value. Cash at bank is either in current accounts, or is placed on short-term deposit, and is available on demand. Interest 
on short-term deposits is paid at prevailing money market rates. The carrying amount of these assets approximates to their fair value. 

Current asset investments
Current asset investments comprise investments in short-term UK Gilts. They have maturity dates ranging between 1 and 3 months from 
the balance sheet date. They return a fixed rate of interest. The weighted average effective interest rate on the Gilts held at the balance 
sheet date is 0.1% pa.

These investments are classified as held-to-maturity, and are held at amortised cost. The Directors estimate that the fair value of these 
investments at the current period end is equal to their carrying value. 

Assets pledged as security
In the event that the Group were to use its bank facility, it has pledged its trade receivables as security for any borrowing under the 
facility. More details are given in note 18.

17 OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES 
Trade and other payables 

Current liabilities

Trade payables

Other tax and social security

Other payables

Accruals and deferred income

 30 December 2017

 24 December 2016

£m

£m

88.6 

61.5 

11.7 

50.3 

212.1 

93.9 

58.4 

10.6 

51.3 

214.2 

Trade payables, other payables, and accruals principally comprise amounts due in respect of trade purchases and ongoing costs.  
Their carrying value in both periods approximates to their fair value.

The average credit taken for trade purchases during the period, based on total operations, was 45 days (2016: 47 days).

The Group’s policy on payment of creditors is to agree terms of payment prior to commencing trade with a supplier, and to abide by those 
terms on the timely submission of satisfactory invoices.

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic reportNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued 
 
 
 
118

119

18 BORROWING FACILITY
The Group has a £140m committed borrowing facility, which expires in July 2019. The Group did not use the facility in the year.

The facility is secured on the trade receivables and stock of the Group. The available facility limit is calculated every week, based on the 
asset backing at the time and can never exceed £140m. There were no borrowings under the facility at either the current or previous 
year end. As at 30 December 2017, the Group had available £138m of undrawn committed borrowing facilities, in respect of which all 
conditions precedent had been met (24 December 2016: £138m), in addition to the Group’s cash and short-term investments as shown 
on the balance sheet.

If the Group were to use the facility, it would carry interest at a rate of LIBOR plus a margin of 125 basis points. Under the terms of the 
facility, none of the Group’s principal subsidiary companies can sign up to additional secured borrowings, other than those expressly 
permitted within the terms of the facility. The facility (i) permits normal trade credit granted to it in the ordinary course of business; (ii) 
allows up to £10m of additional secured borrowings, and (iii) allows up to £20m of finance lease borrowing.

19 RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS
(a) Overview of all retirement benefit arrangements
Defined contribution: auto-enrolment plan
The Group operates an auto-enrolment defined contribution plan for employees. Under the terms of this scheme, employees make 
pension contributions out of their salaries, and the Group also makes additional contributions.

The total cost charged to income in respect of this plan in the current period of £4.8m (2016: £4.1m) represents the Group’s 
contributions due and payable in respect of the period. All of this amount was paid in the period (2016: £0.4m of this amount was unpaid 
at the period end, but was paid shortly afterwards).

Defined contribution: other plan
The Group operates a defined contribution plan for its employees. The assets of this plan are held separately from those of the Group, 
and are under the control of the scheme trustees. This plan began operation during 2006.

The total cost charged to income in respect of this plan in the current period of £0.8m (2016: £0.8m) represents the Group’s 
contributions due and paid in respect of the period. 

Defined benefit plan
Characteristics and risks of the plan
The Group operates a funded pension plan which provides benefits based on the career average pensionable pay of participating 
employees. This plan was closed to new entrants from April 2013. 

The assets of the plan are held separately from those of the Group, being held in a trustee-administered pension plan and invested with 
independent fund managers. The trustee directors of the plan comprise three member-elected trustees, two independent trustees, and 
three Group-appointed trustees. All trustees are required to act in the best interests of the plan beneficiaries. 

The plan exposes the Group to actuarial risks, such as longevity risk, interest rate risk, inflation risk and market (investment) risk.

Accounting and actuarial valuation
Contributions are charged to the consolidated income statement so as to spread the cost of pensions over the employees’ working lives 
with the Group. The present value of the defined benefit obligation, the related current service cost, and past service cost are determined 
by a qualified actuary using the projected unit method. The most recent completed actuarial valuation was carried out at 5 April 2014 
by the plan actuary. The 5 April 2017 valuation is in progress but is not completed. The actuary advising the Group has subsequently 
rolled forward the results of the 5 April 2014 valuation to 30 December 2017. This roll-forward exercise involves updating all the 
assumptions which are market-based (i.e. inflation, discount rate, rate of increase in pensions and rate of CARE revaluation) to values 
as at 30 December 2017. The mortality tables used to derive life expectancy assumptions for the accounting valuation are the same 
as those used for the most recent agreed triennial actuarial valuation, albeit that they are adjusted each year for actual experience. We 
only change the underlying mortality tables once a triennial actuarial valuation has been agreed with the plan Trustees. We are currently 
using CMI 2013 mortality tables, and we will update these in line with the agreed April 2017 triennial valuation once it is completed.

Funding and estimated contributions
The Group has an agreement with the pension plan trustees to make additional deficit contributions to the plan over and above the 
normal level of contributions of £35m per year until 30 June 2017, and then £25m per year until 30 June 2018. Funding arrangements 
beyond June 2018 are in the process of being agreed with the plan trustees together with the April 2017 valuation. The Group’s 
estimated total cash contributions to the defined benefit plan in the 52 weeks ending 29 December 2018 will depend on these funding 
arrangements, so they cannot be accurately estimated at the time of approving these financial statements. 

Differences between the defined benefit pension deficit on an IAS 19 basis and on a funding basis
As is mandatory under International Financial Reporting Standards, the Group values its pension deficit in these accounts on an IAS 19 
basis. As shown below, the IAS 19 deficit at the current period end is £109m. On a funding basis (also known as a “Technical Provisions 
basis”, being the basis on which the triennial actuarial valuations are carried out), the funding deficit at the current period end is 
estimated at £220m, this estimate being based on an approximate roll-forward of the 2014 triennial funding valuation. 

French post-employment benefits
We recognised a provision in 2014 for a post-employment benefit which is payable under French law to employees in our French 
subsidiaries on retirement. It is a lump sum payable on retirement, not a recurring pension. As such, there is no underlying pension plan. 
In 2016 this liability had grown from £0.2m to £0.3m, and we recognised an additional £0.1m.

(b) Total amounts charged in respect of pensions in the period

53 weeks to 
 30 December 2017 

52 weeks to 
 24 December 2016 

Charged to the income statement:

Defined benefit plan – current service cost

Defined benefit plan – administration costs

Defined benefit plan – total operating charge

Defined benefit plan – net finance charge

Defined contribution plans – total operating charge

French post-employment benefits – charge in period

Total net amount charged to profit before tax

Charged/(credited) to equity:

Defined benefit plan – actuarial losses

Total charge

(c) Other information – defined benefit pension plan 

Key assumptions used in the valuation of the plan

Rate of increase of pensions in deferment capped at lower of CPI and 5%

Rate of CARE revaluation capped at lower of RPI and 3%

Rate of increase of pensions in payment:

– pensions with increases capped at lower of CPI and 5%

– pensions with increases capped at lower of CPI and 5%, with a 3% minimum

– pensions with increases capped at the lower of LPI and 2.5%

Rate of increase in salaries

Inflation assumption – RPI

Inflation assumption – CPI

Discount rate

Life expectancy (yrs): pensioner aged 65

– male

– female

Life expectancy (yrs): non-pensioner aged 45

– male

– female

£m

18.1 

2.1 

20.2 

2.4 

5.6 

–

28.2

22.1 

50.3 

£m

15.0 

2.9 

17.9 

1.0 

4.9 

0.1 

23.9 

86.4 

110.3 

53 weeks to  
30 December 2017

52 weeks to  
24 December 2016

2.40%

2.55%

2.40%

3.35%

2.25%

4.40%

3.40%

2.40%

2.50%

88.0

89.5

89.6

92.4

2.50%

2.60%

2.50%

3.55%

2.25%

4.50%

3.50%

2.50%

2.85%

87.9

89.4

89.5

92.3

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic reportNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued 
120

121

Sensitivities
If there was an increase/decrease in the discount rate of 0.25%, there would be a corresponding decrease/increase in the scheme 
liabilities of around 5.6%, or £77m, and a decrease/increase in the total service cost of around £1.5m.

An increase/decrease of 0.25% to the inflation rate would increase/decrease scheme liabilities by around 2.7%, or £37m, and would 
increase/decrease the total service cost by around £0.4m.

The effect of increasing/decreasing the assumption regarding life expectancy by one year longer/shorter than shown above would  
be to increase/decrease the assessed value of liabilities by around 2% or £27m, and would increase/decrease total service cost by 
around £0.3m.

The sensitivities above are applied to the defined benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period, and the projected total service 
cost for 2018. Whilst the analysis does not take account of the full distribution of cash flows expected under the scheme, it does provide 
an approximation to the sensitivity of the assumptions shown. 

Analysis of plan assets

Government bonds

Equities

– passive equities

– low volatility equities

Private equity

Alternative growth assets

– fund of hedge funds

– absolute return fund

Corporate bonds

Commercial property fund

Cash and cash equivalents

Total

30 December 2017

 24 December 2016

Quoted market  
price in an  
active market

No quoted  
market price in  
an active market

Quoted market  
price in an  
active market

No quoted  
market price in  
an active market

£m

459.1 

135.5 

228.3 

–

89.2 

68.0 

156.7 

57.9 

12.9 

1,207.6 

£m

–

–

–

26.5*

–

–

–

31.2**

–

57.7

£m

435.7 

113.6 

215.2 

–

84.3 

67.2 

124.6 

52.3 

11.6 

1,104.5 

£m

–

–

–

43.2* 

–

–

–

30.1**

–

73.3 

The plan assets do not include any of the Group’s own financial instruments nor any property occupied by, or other assets used by,  
the Group.

*   

 The private equity investments are held in two funds. One fund values the assets based on guidelines from the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association 
and International Private Equity and Venture Capital Valuation. The assets in the other fund are measured at fair market value on a quarterly basis in accordance with US 
GAAP: using the latest closing prices for publicly traded and quoted securities and applying a possible exit price for non-marketable and direct investments.

**   This holding is recorded at historical costs and then adjusted for amortisation and other payments received.

Asset allocation
The trustees’ current chosen long-term asset allocation strategy for the plan, as noted in the plan’s most recent audited accounts (for 
the year to 5 April 2017), is to target an allocation of 55% in return-seeking assets (such as equities, alternative growth assets, private 
equity and the commercial property fund), and 45% in risk-reducing assets (such as government bonds, corporate bonds, and cash and 
cash equivalents).

Analysis of plan members, liability split and duration 

Active 

Deferred 

Pensioners

Total number/average duration

 30 December 20171

No. of members

% of total liability

Duration (yrs)

1,655

6,069

3,372

11,096

7%

56%

37%

100%

32 

24 

15 

21 

1 

 The number of members is as per the 5 April 2017 trustees’ report, and the duration and percentage of total liability are on the funding basis and as at 5 April 2014 (being 
the date of the most recent agreed triennial valuation).

Active 

Deferred 

Pensioners

Total number/average duration

 24 December 20162

No. of members

% of total liability

Duration (yrs)

1,781

6,226

3,198

11,205

7%

56%

37%

100%

32 

24 

15 

21 

2 

 The number of members is as per the 5 April 2016 trustees’ report, and the duration and percentage of total liability are on the funding basis and as at 5 April 2014 
(being the date of the most recent agreed triennial valuation).

Balance sheet
The amount included in the balance sheet arising from the Group’s obligations in respect of defined benefit retirement benefit plan  
is as follows:

Present value of defined benefit obligations

Fair value of scheme assets

Deficit in the scheme, recognised in the balance sheet

Movements in the present value of defined benefit obligations were as follows:

Present value at start of period

Current service cost

Administration cost

Interest on obligation

Contributions from scheme members

Actuarial losses/(gains):

– changes in financial assumptions

– experience

Benefits paid, including expenses

Present value at end of period

30 December 2017 

 24 December 2016 

£m

(1,374.6)

1,265.3 

(109.3)

£m

(1,283.8)

1,177.8 

(106.0)

53 weeks to  
30 December 2017 

52 weeks to  
24 December 2016 

£m

1,283.8 

18.1 

2.1 

36.0 

0.1 

83.0 

(4.0)

(44.5)

£m

1,042.3 

15.0 

2.9 

38.3 

0.1 

232.3 

(12.5)

(34.6)

1,374.6 

1,283.8 

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic reportNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued 
 
 
122

123

Movements in the fair value of the plan’s assets were as follows:

Amount credited to other finance charges:

Fair value at start of period

Interest income on plan assets

Contributions from plan members

Contributions from the Group

Actuarial gains

Benefits paid, including expenses

Fair value at end of period

Movements in the deficit during the period were as follows:

Deficit at start of period

Current service cost

Administration cost

Employer contributions

Other finance charge

Actuarial loss

Deficit at end of period

53 weeks to 
 30 December 2017 

52 weeks to 
 24 December 2016 

£m

1,177.8 

33.6 

0.1 

41.4 

56.9 

(44.5)

1,265.3 

£m

993.1 

37.3 

0.1 

48.5 

133.4 

(34.6)

1,177.8 

53 weeks to 
30 December 2017 

52 weeks to 
24 December 2016 

£m

(106.0)

(18.1)

(2.1)

41.4 

(2.4)

(22.1)

(109.3)

£m

(49.2)

(15.0)

(2.9)

48.5 

(1.0)

(86.4)

(106.0)

Income statement
Amounts recognised in the income statement arising from the Group’s obligations in respect of the defined benefit plan are shown below.

Amount charged to operating profit:

Current service cost

Administration cost

Total operating charge

The total operating charge is included in staff costs (note 7).

53 weeks to  
30 December 2017 

52 weeks to  
24 December 2016 

£m

18.1 

2.1 

20.2 

£m

15.0 

2.9 

17.9 

Interest income on plan assets

Interest cost on defined benefit obligation

Net charge

53 weeks to 
 30 December 2017 

52 weeks to 
 24 December 2016 

£m

(33.6)

36.0 

2.4 

£m

(37.3)

38.3 

1.0 

The actual return on plan assets was £90.5m (52 weeks to 24 December 2016: £170.7m).

Statement of comprehensive income
Amounts taken to equity via the statement of comprehensive income in respect of the Group’s defined benefit plan are shown below:

53 weeks to  
30 December 2017 

52 weeks to  
24 December 2016 

Actuarial gain on plan assets

Actuarial loss on plan liabilities

Net actuarial (loss)/gain, before associated deferred tax

20 PROVISIONS 

£m

56.9 

(79.0)

(22.1)

At 26 December 2015

Additional provision in the period

Provision released in the period

Utilisation of provision in the period

At 24 December 2016

Additional provision in the period

Provision released in the period

Utilisation of provision in the period

At 30 December 2017

Property

Warranty

Other

£m

5.5 

3.8 

(0.4)

(4.2)

4.7 

1.5 

(0.9)

(1.0)

4.3 

£m

4.2 

3.6 

–

(3.8)

4.0 

3.6 

–

(3.7)

3.9 

£m

0.2 

0.1 

–

–

0.3 

2.0 

–

–

2.3 

£m

133.4 

(219.8)

(86.4)

Total

£m

9.9

7.5 

(0.4)

(8.0)

9.0

7.1 

(0.9)

(4.7)

10.5 

Property provision
The property provision covers two main areas: (i) onerous leases on any non-trading leased properties, and (ii) obligations to make 
dilapidations payments to landlords of leased properties. 

The timing of outflows from the provision is variable, and is dependent on rent payment dates, lease expiry dates, opportunities to 
surrender leases, and on the timing of dilapidations assessments and works. 

Warranty provision
The warranty provision relates to amounts due in respect of product warranties. As products are sold, the Group makes provision for 
claims under warranties. As claims are made, the Group utilises the provision and then uses this historical data to periodically revise the 
basis on which it makes further provision.

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic reportNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued 
 
 
124

125

21 SHARE CAPITAL

Ordinary shares of 10p each

Allotted, called up and fully paid:

53 weeks to  
30 December 2017

52 weeks to  
24 December 2016

53 weeks to  
30 December 2017

52 weeks to  
24 December 2016

Number

Number

£m

£m

Balance at the beginning of the period

639,363,815 

651,830,815 

Bought back and cancelled  
during the period

(11,171,060)

(12,467,000)

Balance at the end of the period

628,192,755 

639,363,815 

63.9

(1.1)

62.8 

65.2 

(1.3)

63.9 

Payments receivable:

Within one year

In the second to fifth year inclusive

After five years

The Group as lessor:
The Group sublets certain leased properties to third parties. At the balance sheet date, the Group had contracted with tenants for the 
following future minimum lease payments:

30 December  
2017

24 December  
2016

£m

1.7 

2.9 

1.2 

5.8 

£m

0.7 

1.0 

0.7 

2.4 

22 NOTES TO THE CASH FLOW STATEMENT  
Analysis of net cash

At 24 December 2016

Cash flow

At 30 December 2017

Cash at bank  
and in hand

Short-term 
investments 

Cash and  
cash equivalents, 
and net cash 

 £m

139.3 

46.8 

186.1 

£m

87.3 

(32.3)

55.0 

£m

226.6 

14.5 

241.1 

The short-term investments have a maturity of less than three months, and as such are considered to be cash equivalents for the 
purposes of the cash flow statement.

23 FINANCIAL COMMITMENTS 
Capital commitments 

Contracted for, but not provided for in the financial statements

– Tangible assets

– Intangible assets

 30 December 2017 
£m

 24 December 2016 
£m

3.7

2.1

5.8

7.3

0.4

7.7

Operating lease commitments
The Group as lessee:
Payments under operating leases during the period are shown at note 6. At the balance sheet date, the Group had outstanding lease 
commitments for future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases which fall due as shown below.

Payments falling due:

Within one year

In the second to fifth  
year inclusive

After five years

Properties

Other leases

Total

30 December 
2017

24 December 
2016

30 December 
2017

24 December 
2016

30 December 
2017

24 December 
2016

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

60.1 

58.2 

179.8 

169.6 

409.5 

190.3 

195.1 

443.6 

15.0 

30.6 

9.7 

55.3 

15.4 

32.4 

10.4 

58.2 

75.1 

73.6 

210.4 

179.3 

464.8 

222.7 

205.5 

501.8 

24 SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS 
1) Details of each scheme
The Group recognised a charge of £4.0m (2016: charge of £4.0m) in respect of share-based payments during the period. The Group has 
various share-based payment schemes, which are all equity-settled. The main details of all schemes which existed during the period are 
given below.

Share Incentive Scheme (“Freeshares”) 
This is an ‘all-employee’ share incentive plan whereby participants receive a grant of free shares in the Group. If the employees are still 
employed by the Group three years after the grant, then the shares vest. Dividends are paid out on the shares between award date and 
vesting date. There are no other performance conditions attached to these awards. 

Share Award Plan
This is a discretionary plan under which the Group may grant nil cost options subject to conditions as determined by the Group. The 
shares will vest at the end of a five year period commencing on the date of grant, subject to continuing employment. 

Co-investment Plan (“COIP”)
This is a co-investment plan where each participant is permitted to invest a limited amount of shares on an annual basis for the 
purposes of the plan. Details of the plan conditions are as follows:

Date of award

Vesting based on growth in profits – from year ended December

 – to year ended December

Award vests at 15% if profits over the vesting period grow by

Award vests at 100% if profits over the vesting period grow by

2015

2014

2017

8%

20%

2016

2015

2018

8%

20%

If profits grow by a figure between the upper and lower thresholds for each year, the award will vest on a sliding scale.

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic reportNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued 
 
 
 
 
126

127

Howden Joinery Group Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”)
This is a discretionary plan under which the Group may grant different types of share award including market value and nil cost options, 
conditional awards of shares and restricted shares (where the employee is the owner of the shares from the date of award but subject  
to forfeiture). The different types of awards are as follows:

(i) 

 Market value options, the vesting period for which is three years from the date of grant with an exercise period of seven years  
(i.e. a total life of ten years). Options will vest if cumulative PBT of £90m is achieved over the three financial years ending 2009, 
2010 and 2011.

(ii)   Market value options which vest after a three year period from the date of grant. 15% of the options will vest if the Group achieves 

growth in pre-exceptional PBT equivalent to RPI over the performance period; 100% will vest if pre-exceptional PBT growth equivalent 
to RPI + 8% is achieved. 

(iii)   Conditional Share Award – shares will vest at the end of a three year period commencing on the date of grant subject to continuing 

employment. 

(iv)   Market value options. The vesting conditions for these options are the same as for that year’s COIP, which are shown above.

(v)   Performance share plan. Vesting conditions are as follows:

Date of award

Vesting based on growth in profits – from year ended December

– to year ended December

Award vests at 15% if profits over the vesting period grow by

Award vests at 100% if profits over the vesting period grow by

2015

2014

2017

8%

20%

2016

2015

2018

8%

20%

2017

2016

2019

3%

15%

2) Movements in the current and prior periods 

53 weeks to 30 December 2017

In issue at start of period

Granted in period

Lapsed in period

Exercised in period

COIP

Freeshares

Number

Number

2,265,674 

1,457,113 

–

–

847,100 

(176,800)

(1,230,493)

(26,303)

Share  
Award Plan

Number

22,143

–

–

–

In issue at end of period

1,035,181 

2,101,110 

22,143 

Exercisable at end of period

Number of options in the closing balance granted 
before 7 November 2002

Weighted average share price for options 
exercised during the period (£)

Weighted average life remaining for options 
outstanding at the period end (yrs)

Weighted average fair value of options granted 
during the period (£)

Exercise price for all options (£)

–

–

4.30

0.24

N/A

0.00

67,910 

67,910 

4.30 

1.41

4.23

0.00

–

–

–

0.24

N/A

0.00

LTIP (i)

Number

LTIP (ii)

Number

142,683 

107,369 

–

–

–

–

(80,533)

62,150 

(10,450)

96,919 

62,150 

96,919 

–

4.37

0.00

N/A

0.36

–

4.29

0.00

N/A

0.81

LTIP (iii) 
Number

LTIP (v) 
Number

LTIP (iv) 
Number

LTIP (iv)

WAEP (£)

In issue at beginning of period

506,900 

2,164,138 

1,948,982 

Granted in period

Lapsed in period

Exercised in period

16,700 

1,729,400 

–

(12,400)

(112,157)

(13,087)

(476,400)

(2,405)

(669,460)

In issue at end of period

34,800 

3,778,976 

1,266,435 

Exercisable at end of period

Number of options in the closing balance granted 
before 7 November 2002

Weighted average share price for options 
exercised during the period (£)

Weighted average life remaining for options 
outstanding at the period end (yrs)

Weighted average fair value of options granted 
during the period (£)

Exercise price for all options (£)

–

–

4.28

1.57

0.00

0.00

–

–

4.28

1.58

4.31

1,266,435 

–

4.43

0.00

N/A

0.00

1.09 to 3.79

2.97

N/A

3.51

3.07

2.91

2.91

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic reportNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued128

129

52 weeks to 26 December 2016

In issue at start of period

Granted in period

Lapsed in period

Exercised in period

COIP

Freeshares

Number

Number

4,273,532 

792,829 

–

–

844,200 

(159,600)

(2,007,858)

(20,316)

Share  
Award Plan

Number

22,143 

–

–

–

LTIP (i)

Number

LTIP (ii)

Number

194,413 

211,956 

–

–

–

–

(51,730)

(104,587)

In issue at end of period

2,265,674 

1,457,113 

22,143

142,683 

107,369 

Exercisable at end of period

Number of options in the closing balance granted 
before 7 November 2002

Weighted average share price for options 
exercised during the period (£)

Weighted average life remaining for options 
outstanding at the period end (yrs)

Weighted average fair value of options granted 
during the period (£)

Exercise price for all options (£)

–

–

4.65

0.70

N/A

0.00

77,413 

77,413

4.53

1.90

4.67

0.00

–

–

N/A

1.25

N/A

0.00

142,683 

107,369 

–

4.99

0.00

N/A

0.36

–

4.91

0.00

N/A

0.81

52 weeks to 24 December 2016

LTIP (iii)

Number

LTIP (v)

Number

LTIP (iv)

Number

LTIP (iv)

WAEP (£)

In issue at beginning of period

1,009,500 

588,066 

2,380,779 

Granted in period

Lapsed in period

Exercised in period

13,800 

1,610,541 

–

(49,300)

(34,469)

(8,462)

(467,100)

–

(423,335)

In issue at end of period

506,900 

2,164,138 

1,948,982 

2.83

N/A

3.78

2.09

2.97

Exercisable at end of period

Number of options in the closing balance granted 
before 7 November 2002

Weighted average share price for options 
exercised during the period (£)

Weighted average life remaining for options 
outstanding at the period end (yrs)

Weighted average fair value of options granted 
during the period (£)

Exercise price for all options (£)

–

– 

4.67

0.35

4.67

0.00

–

–

N/A

2.03

4.67

0.00

881,926 

1.98

– 

4.80

0.25

N/A

1.09 to 3.79

3) Fair value of options granted
The fair value of all options granted is estimated on the date of grant using a binomial option valuation model. 

The key assumptions used in the model were:

Dividend yield (%)

Expected life of options (yrs)

 53 weeks to  
30 December 2017

 52 weeks to  
24 December 2016

2.4

3.0

2.0

3.0

25 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Companies which are related parties
Transactions between Group companies, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in this 
note. All transactions between the Group and the Group’s pension schemes have been disclosed in note 19.

Remuneration of key management personnel
Key management personnel comprise the Board of Directors (including Non-Executive Directors) and the Executive Committee. Details 
of the aggregate remuneration to these personnel are set out below. The figure disclosed for share-based payments represents the 
gain realised on the exercise of share options in the year, albeit that those options will have been granted in previous periods. All figures 
include any related employer’s National Insurance.

Short-term employment benefits

Share-based payments

Other transactions with key management personnel 
There were no other transactions with key management personnel.

53 weeks to
30 December 2017 

52 weeks to
24 December 2016 

£m

6.4

5.5

11.9

£m

6.8

9.3

16.1

26 FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
(a) Capital risk management
The Group manages its capital structure to maximise shareholder returns through its debt and equity balance, trading off the benefits of 
financial leverage with the expected future costs of financial distress. 

The capital structure of the Group consists of cash and short-term investments, the committed borrowing facility discussed further in 
note 18 - if needed - and equity attributable to equity holders of the parent (including issued share capital and reserves as disclosed in 
the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity, and in note 21).

The Board of Directors reviews the capital structure regularly, including at the time of preparing annual budgets, preparing three-year 
corporate plans, and considering corporate transactions. As part of this review, the Board reviews the costs and the risks associated 
with each class of capital. The Group will balance its overall capital structure through the payment of dividends, new share issues and 
share buybacks, taking on or issuing new debt or repaying any existing debt. 

(b) Significant accounting policies
Details of the significant accounting policies and methods adopted, including the criteria for recognition, the basis of measurement 
and the basis on which income and expenses are recognised, in respect of each class of financial asset, financial liability and equity 
instrument are in note 2 to the financial statements.

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic reportNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued 
130

131

(c) Categories of financial instruments

Financial assets (current and non-current)

Trade receivables

Cash

Current asset investments

Financial liabilities (current and non-current)

Trade payables

 30 December 2017

 24 December 2016

£m

£m

103.8 

186.1 

55.0 

99.2 

139.3 

87.3 

88.6 

93.9 

(d) Financial risk management
General 
The Group is exposed in varying degrees to a variety of financial instrument related risks. The Board has approved and monitors the risk 
management processes, including documented treasury policies, counterparty limits, controlling and reporting structures. The types 
of risk exposure, the way in which these exposures are managed, and the quantification of the level of exposure in the balance sheet is 
shown below (subcategorised into credit risk, liquidity risk and market risk). The Group is actively engaged in the management of all of 
these financial risks in order to minimise their potential adverse impact on the Group’s financial performance. 

The principles, practices and procedures governing the Group-wide financial risk management process have been approved by the 
Board and are overseen by the Executive Committee. In turn, the Executive Committee delegates authority to a central treasury 
function (“Group Treasury”) for the practical implementation of the financial risk management process across the Group and for 
ensuring that the Group’s entities adhere to specified financial risk management policies. Group Treasury regularly reassesses and 
reports on the financial risk environment, identifying and evaluating financial risks. The Group does not take positions on derivative 
contracts and only enters into contractual bank deposit or lending arrangements with counterparties that have appropriate credit 
ratings, as detailed in section (e) below.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash at bank and in hand, which is the term used in the balance sheet, comprises cash on hand together with demand deposits, and 
other short-term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk 
of changes in value. Cash and cash equivalents, which is the term used in the cash flow statement, comprises cash at bank and in hand, 
as defined immediately above, together with any current asset investments. 

Arrangements are in place to ensure that cash is utilised most efficiently for the ongoing working capital needs of the Group’s operating 
units and to ensure that the Group earns the most advantageous rates of interest available. The prime consideration in the investment of 
cash balances is the security of the asset, followed by liquidity and then yield.

Current asset investments consist of UK Government Treasury Bills with an initial term to maturity of up to three months. These 
investments are held to maturity and, whilst of lower liquidity than cash, will ensure that the primary Group policy objective of asset 
security is met.

Management of trade receivables is discussed in note 16.

(e) Credit risk
The Group’s principal financial assets are cash, investments, and trade and other receivables. Our main credit risk is the risk of trade 
customers defaulting their debts. We have a policy of only dealing with creditworthy counterparties in order to mitigate the risk of defaults. 

We describe our policy on dealing with trade customers in note 2 and note 16. Trade receivables are spread over a large number of 
customers, and we do not have a significant exposure to any single counterparty. 

We limit our exposure to credit risk on liquid funds and investments through adherence to a policy of minimum short-term counterparty 
credit ratings assigned by international credit-rating agencies (Standard & Poor’s A-1 and Moody’s P-1). However, when accounts are 
opened in new territories there may be instances where there is no appropriate partner which meets the Group’s credit rating conditions. 
In such circumstances, arrangements with a counterparty which does not meet the Group’s credit rating criteria can be made only at the 
specific approval of the Board and is subject to a maximum cash holding limit.

In addition, the Group Treasury function monitors counterparty risk through regular assessments which take account of counterparties’ 
key financial ratios, corporate bond and equity prices together with agency credit ratings.

Our maximum exposure to credit risk is presented in the following table:

Trade receivables (net of allowance)

Cash

Current asset investments

Total credit risk exposure

30 December 2017

 24 December 2016

£m

103.8 

186.1 

55.0 

344.9 

£m

99.2 

139.3 

87.3 

325.8 

(f) Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the we could experience difficulties in meeting our commitments to creditors as financial liabilities fall due 
for payment. We manage our liquidity risk by using reasonable and retrospectively-assessed assumptions to forecast the future cash-
generation and working capital requirements of our business and by maintaining sufficient cash and investment reserves, committed 
borrowing facilities and other credit lines as appropriate. Ultimate responsibility for liquidity risk management rests with the Board of 
Directors, which has agreed an appropriate liquidity risk management framework for the management of the Group’s short, medium and 
long-term funding and liquidity management requirements. We manage liquidity risk by maintaining adequate reserves, banking facilities 
and reserve borrowing facilities, by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows and matching the maturity profiles of financial 
assets and liabilities as far as is possible. Included in note 18 is a description of additional undrawn facilities that the Group has at its 
disposal to further reduce liquidity risk. In addition, the Strategic Review contains a section describing the interaction of liquidity risk and 
the going concern review.

Maturity profile of outstanding financial liabilities 
Our only outstanding financial liabilities are our trade creditors. These are capital liabilities, with no associated interest, and are payable 
within one year. 

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic reportNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued132

133

(g) Market risk
This is the risk that financial instrument fair values will fluctuate owing to changes in market prices. The significant market risks to which 
we are exposed are foreign exchange risk, and interest rate risk. These are discussed further below:

Foreign exchange risk 
We are exposed to foreign exchange risk, principally as a result of operating costs incurred in foreign currencies, and to a lesser extent, 
from non-Sterling revenues. Our policy is generally not to hedge such exposures. The exposure of our financial assets and liabilities to 
currency risk is as follows:

 30 December 2017

 24 December 2016

Euro

Trade receivables

Other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade payables

Other payables

US Dollar

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade payables

Japanese Yen

Trade payables

TOTAL

Interest rate risk  
The Group does not have any significant exposure to interest rate risk. 

£m

2.4

1.9

19.3

(19.6)

(2.0)

2.0 

0.4

(0.7)

(0.3)

(0.1)

(0.1)

1.6 

£m

2.6

1.9

6.9

(18.2)

(2.1)

(8.9)

0.2

(0.5)

(0.3)

–

–

(9.2)

(h) Financial instrument sensitivities
Financial instruments affected by market risk include deposits, trade receivables and trade payables. The following analysis, required 
by IFRS 7, is intended to illustrate the sensitivity of the Group’s financial instruments as at its year end to changes in market variables, 
being exchange rates and interest rates. The sensitivity analysis has been prepared on the basis that the components of net cash 
and the proportion of financial instruments in foreign currencies are all constant. For floating rate liabilities, the analysis is prepared 
assuming that the amount of liability outstanding at the year end date was outstanding for the whole year. As a consequence, this 
sensitivity analysis relates to the position as at the balance sheet date. The following assumptions were made in calculating the 
sensitivity analysis: 

•  Deposits are carried at amortised cost and therefore carrying value does not change as interest rates move.

•  No sensitivity is provided for accrued interest as accruals are based on pre-agreed interest rates and therefore are not susceptible  

to further rate movements.

•  Finance lease interest payments are fixed at the inception of the contract and are not subject to repricing. They have therefore been 

excluded from this analysis.

•  Translation of foreign subsidiaries and operations into the Group’s presentation currency have been excluded from the sensitivity.

Using the above assumptions, the following analyses show the illustrative effect on the income statement and equity that would result 
from reasonably possible changes in the relevant foreign currency or interest rates:

Interest rate sensitivity
The sensitivity analysis below has been determined based on the exposure to interest rates for floating rate non-derivative instruments 
at the balance sheet date. The Group holds no derivative financial instruments. Fixed rate liabilities are not susceptible to changes in 
interest rates, and are omitted from the analysis below. For floating rate liabilities, the analysis is prepared assuming the amount of the 
liability outstanding at the balance sheet date was outstanding for the whole year. A 50 basis points increase is used as this represents 
management’s assessment of the possible change in interest rates.

At the reporting date, if interest rates had been 50 basis points higher and all other variables were held constant, the Group’s net profit 
and profit and loss reserve would increase by £0.2m (2016: remain the same).

For a decrease of 50 basis points, the current year figures would decrease by £0.2m (2016: remain the same).

Foreign exchange sensitivity
As noted above, the Group is mainly exposed to movements in Euro and US dollar exchange rates. The following information details our 
sensitivity to a 10% weakening or strengthening in Sterling against the Euro and the US Dollar. These percentages are the rates used 
by management when assessing sensitivities internally and represent management’s assessment of the possible change in foreign 
currency rates. The sensitivity analysis of our exposure to foreign currency risk at the reporting date has been determined based on the 
change taking place at the end of the financial period, and based on the outstanding foreign currency balances at the period end.

10% weakening of Sterling to Euro

10% strengthening of Sterling to Euro

10% weakening of Sterling to US dollar

10% strengthening of Sterling to US dollar

 30 December 2017

 24 December 2016

(0.2)

0.2 

–

–

(1.0)

0.8 

–

–

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic reportNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued 
 
134

135

Independent auditor’s report  
to the members of Howden Joinery Group Plc

REPORT ON THE AUDIT OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Opinion
In our opinion:

•  the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the parent Company’s affairs as  

at 30 December 2017 and of the Group’s profit for the 53 weeks then ended;

•  the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting 

Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union;

•  the parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally 

Accepted Accounting Practice including Financial Reporting Standard 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework; and

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and,  

as regards the group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

We have audited the financial statements of Howden Joinery Group Plc (the ‘Company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’)  
which comprise:

•  the consolidated income statement;

•  the consolidated statement of comprehensive income;

•  the consolidated and Company balance sheets;

•  the consolidated and Company statements of changes in equity;

•  the consolidated cash flow statement;

•  the significant accounting policies; and

•  the related Group notes 1 to 26 and Company notes 1 to 6.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Group financial statements is applicable law and IFRSs 
as adopted by the European Union. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Company financial 
statements is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework” (United 
Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
under those standards are further described in the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. 

We are independent of the Group and the Company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the 
financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our 
other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We confirm that the non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s 
Ethical Standard were not provided to the Group or the Company.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Summary of our audit approach

Key audit matters

The key audit matters that we identified in the current year were:

•  Valuation of the UK inventory obsolescence provision

•  Appropriateness of the actuarial assumptions underlying the valuation of pension liabilities

Within this report, any new key audit matters are identified with 
same as the prior year identified with 

.

 and any key audit matters which are the 

The materiality that we used for the Group financial statements was £11.0 million which was determined 
on the basis of 5% of statutory profit before tax.

Full audit procedures were performed over 99% of the Group’s total assets, revenue and profit before tax 
which included all of the UK, French and Belgian components.

Materiality

Scoping

Significant changes  
in our approach

There has been no significant change in our approach.

Conclusions relating to going concern, principal risks and viability statement

We confirm that we have nothing material 
to report, add or draw attention to in 
respect of these matters.

We confirm that we have nothing material 
to report, add or draw attention to in 
respect of these matters.

Going concern
We have reviewed the directors’ statement in Note 2 to the financial statements about 
whether they considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting 
in preparing them and their identification of any material uncertainties to the Group’s 
and Company’s ability to continue to do so over a period of at least twelve months 
from the date of approval of the financial statements.

We are required to state whether we have anything material to add or draw attention 
to in relation to that statement required by Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) and report if the 
statement is materially inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in the audit.

Principal risks and viability statement
Based solely on reading the directors’ statements and considering whether they were 
consistent with the knowledge we obtained in the course of the audit, including the 
knowledge obtained in the evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the Group’s and 
the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, we are required to state whether 
we have anything material to add or draw attention to in relation to:

•  the disclosures on pages 28 - 32 that describe the principal risks and explain how 

they are being managed or mitigated;

•  the directors’ confirmation on page 33 that they have carried out a robust 

assessment of the principal risks facing the Group, including those that would 
threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity; or

•  the directors’ explanation on page 33 as to how they have assessed the prospects 
of the Group, over what period they have done so and why they consider that period 
to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its 
liabilities as they fall due over the period of their assessment, including any related 
disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.

We are also required to report whether the directors’ statement relating to the 
prospects of the Group required by Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) is materially inconsistent 
with our knowledge obtained in the audit.

Key audit matters 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) 
that we identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources 
in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and 
we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report136

137

Independent auditor’s report  
to the members of Howden Joinery Group Plc continued

Valuation of the UK inventory obsolescence provision 

Key audit matter description At the year end, the gross inventory balance is £235.4 million (2016: £206.1 million), of which there is 

a £27.1 million (2016: £22.4 million) allowance against the carrying value.

How the scope of our audit 
responded to the key  
audit matter

The scale and expansion of the Group’s product range means there is significant Management 
judgement involved in determining the adequacy of the inventory obsolescence provision and in 
particular the provision percentages applied to those discontinued and slow moving inventory lines. 
Given the high level of Management judgement involved, we deemed this a potential fraud risk for our 
audit.

The Audit Committee report on page 86 also refers to inventory provisioning as one of the significant 
issues and judgements. Further information is included in note 3 and note 15. 

We have considered the methodology used to calculate the inventory provision.

We have challenged the reasonableness of Management’s judgements and the assumptions used, 
specifically by assessing the provision percentages from an evaluation of sales of discontinued 
inventory lines. For other lines we have assessed the forecast sales demand with comparison to  
prior periods.

We have assessed the integrity of the underlying calculation by checking the accuracy of the ageing of 
the discontinued inventory items. 

We have also reviewed the level of inventory write offs in the year compared to the overall  
inventory provision.

We have checked the completeness of the provision by assessing the net realisable value and 
inventory turn for a sample of inventory lines. 

Key observations

We are satisfied that, individually and in aggregate, the actuarial assumptions applied in respect of the 
scheme’s liabilities are appropriate. We note that Management’s methodology in deriving each of the 
actuarial assumptions is consistent with the prior year. 

Our application of materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the economic decisions 
of a reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in planning the scope of our audit work 
and in evaluating the results of our work. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Materiality

£11.0 million (2016: £11.0 million)

£4.4million (2016:£5.5million)

Group financial statements

Company financial statements

Basis for determining 
materiality

Rationale for the  
benchmark applied

5% of statutory profit before tax 

1% of net assets

Profit before tax has been used as the basis for 
determining materiality as it is one of the most 
relevant benchmarks for users of the accounts.

Net assets have been used as this is a non-trading 
holding company and we consider this to be the 
most appropriate basis.

Group materiality £11m

Component materiality range £4.4m to £10.5m

Key observations

We consider the Group’s provisioning policy to be appropriate when compared to the historical levels of 
write offs. We are satisfied the overall provision is not materially misstated, and is prepared on a basis 
consistent with the prior period.

£232m

Appropriateness of the actuarial assumptions underlying the valuation of pension liabilities 

Key audit matter description There is a significant Management judgement involved in the assessment of the actuarial assumptions 

used to measure the defined benefit pension deficit of £109.3 million (2016: £106.2 million), 
particularly in respect of the discount rate, inflation and mortality rates applied. The valuation of gross 
pension liabilities (£1,374.6 million) is materially sensitive to changes in these underlying assumptions.

Management has highlighted defined benefit pension arrangements as a significant accounting 
judgement and major source of estimation uncertainty in note 3. Further information in respect of 
the pension scheme is included in note 19. The Audit Committee report on page 86 also refers to 
the valuation of the defined benefit deficit as one of the significant judgements considered by the 
Committee.

How the scope of our audit 
responded to the key 
audit matter

We have reviewed the valuation report produced by the Group’s external actuaries and challenged 
each of the key assumptions being the discount rate, inflation rate and the mortality assumptions by 
comparison to available market data, our own benchmarks and by reference to the Group’s accounting 
policies. 

Our pension specialists have assessed the appropriateness of the actuarial assumptions underlying 
the valuation of the defined benefit pension deficit.

We have also benchmarked the key assumptions against a population of other companies as at the 
end of December 2017. 

We have considered whether, individually and in aggregate the assumptions are appropriate.

We have assessed the competence and independence of the Group’s external actuaries, confirming 
they have sufficient and appropriate experience and are members of the Institute and Faculty of 
Actuaries.

We have assessed the pension disclosures in the financial statements and considered their 
compliance with the requirements of IAS 19 Employee Benefits revised.

PBT

Group materiality

Audit Committee reporting threshold £0.55m

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the Committee all audit differences in excess of £550,000 (2016: 
£550,000) for the Group and £220,000 (2016: £275,000) for the Company, as well as differences below that threshold that, in our 
view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. We also report to the Audit Committee on disclosure matters that we identified when 
assessing the overall presentation of the financial statements.

An overview of the scope of our audit
Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment, including Group-wide controls, and 
assessing the risks of material misstatement at the Group level. Based on that assessment, we focused our audit scope on the UK, 
French and Belgian trading entities and each of the Head Office companies which is consistent with prior year. All of these were subject 
to a full audit. Our audit work at these entities was executed at levels of materiality applicable to each individual entity which were lower 
than Group materiality and ranged between £4.4 million and £10.5 million (2016: £5.5 million and £10.5 million) of Group materiality. 
These locations represent the principal business units and account for 99% (2016: 99%) of the Group’s net assets, Group’s revenue 
and of the Group’s profit before tax for the 53 weeks ended 30 December 2017. They were also selected to provide an appropriate 
basis for undertaking audit work to address the risks of material misstatement identified above. The UK trading entities and Head 
Office companies together account for 98% (2016: 98%) of Group revenue and were audited by the group team. This audit approach is 
consistent with the prior year. 

At the parent entity level we also tested the consolidation process and carried out analytical procedures to confirm our conclusion 
that there were no significant risks of material misstatement of the aggregated financial information of the remaining components not 
subject to audit.

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report138

139

Independent auditor’s report  
to the members of Howden Joinery Group Plc continued

Other information

The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the 
information included in the annual report, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s 
report thereon.

We have nothing to report in 
respect of these matters.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the 
extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion 
thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other 
information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent 
with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be 
materially misstated.

If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required 
to determine whether there is a material misstatement in the financial statements or a material 
misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that 
there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.

In this context, matters that we are specifically required to report to you as uncorrected material 
misstatements of the other information include where we conclude that:

•  Fair, balanced and understandable – the statement given by the directors that they consider the 
annual report and financial statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable 
and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy, is materially inconsistent with our knowledge 
obtained in the audit; or

•  Audit committee reporting – the section describing the work of the audit committee does not 

appropriately address matters communicated by us to the audit committee; or

•  Directors’ statement of compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code – the parts of the 

directors’ statement required under the Listing Rules relating to the company’s compliance with 
the UK Corporate Governance Code containing provisions specified for review by the auditor in 
accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.10R(2) do not properly disclose a departure from a relevant 
provision of the UK Corporate Governance Code.

Responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial 
statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Company’s ability to continue as 
a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the 
directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a 
high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, 
they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s 
website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. 
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those matters we are required to state to  
them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility 
to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we 
have formed.

REPORT ON OTHER LEGAL AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies 
Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

•  the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements are 

prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

•  the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and of the Company and their environment obtained in the course of the 
audit, we have not identified any material misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception

Adequacy of explanations received and accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

We have nothing to report in 
respect of these matters.

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Company, or returns adequate for our 

audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or

•  the Company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.

Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if in our opinion certain disclosures  
of directors’ remuneration have not been made or the part of the directors’ remuneration report  
to be audited is not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have nothing to report in 
respect of these matters.

Other matters
Auditor tenure
Following the recommendation of the Audit Committee, we were appointed by the Company at the Annual General Meeting on 21 June 
2002 to audit the financial statements for the period ending 28 December 2002 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total 
uninterrupted engagement including previous renewals and reappointments of the firm is 16 years, covering the periods ending 28 
December 2002 to 30 December 2017.

Consistency of the audit report with the additional report to the Audit Committee
Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the Audit Committee we are required to provide in accordance with ISAs (UK).

Claire Faulkner
(Senior statutory auditor)
For and on behalf of Deloitte LLP 
Statutory Auditor 
London

28 February 2018

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report140

141

Company balance sheet

Company statement of changes in equity

Share 
premium 
account

£m

87.5 

Treasury 
shares

£m

(45.3)

Share capital

£m

65.2 

–

(1.3)

–

–

–

63.9 

–

(1.1)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

87.5 

–

–

–

–

62.8 

87.5 

Retained 
earnings

£m

466.0 

182.1 

(55.0)

–

–

(65.4)

527.7 

226.2 

(46.8)

–

(68.4)

638.7 

Total

£m

573.4 

182.1 

(56.3)

(23.7)

16.2 

(65.4)

626.3

226.2 

(47.9)

16.6 

(68.4)

752.8 

–

–

(23.7)

16.2 

–

(52.8)

–

–

16.6 

–

(36.2)

At 26 December 2015

Retained profit for the period

Buyback and cancellation of shares

Buyback of shares into treasury

Transfer of shares from treasury into share trust

Dividends declared and paid

At 24 December 2016

Retained profit for the period

Buyback and cancellation of shares

Transfer of shares from treasury into share trust

Dividends declared and paid

At 30 December 2017

Non-current assets

Investments in subsidiaries

Long-term prepayments

Current assets

Debtors

Current asset investments

Cash at bank and in hand

Current liabilities

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Net current assets/(liabilities)

Total assets less current liabilities

Net assets 

Equity

Share capital

Share premium account

Retained earnings

Treasury shares

Total equity

30 December 2017

24 December 2016

Notes

£m

3

4

5

6

699.0 

0.1 

699.1 

7.3 

55.0 

163.0 

225.3 

(171.6)

53.7 

752.8 

752.8 

62.8 

87.5 

638.7 

(36.2)

752.8 

£m

699.0

0.4

699.4

0.2

87.3

120.8

208.3

(281.4)

(73.1)

626.3

626.3

63.9

87.5

527.7

(52.8)

626.3

The Company profit after tax for the 53 weeks to 30 December 2017 was £226.2m (52 weeks to 24 December 2016: profit after tax of 
£182.1m).

These financial statements were approved by the Board on 28 February 2018 and were signed on its behalf by

Mark Robson 
Deputy Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer  

For and on behalf of Howden Joinery Group Plc, registered number 02128710

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report 
142

143

Notes to the Company financial statements

1 SIGNIFICANT COMPANY ACCOUNTING POLICIES
General information
Howden Joinery Group Plc is a company incorporated in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006. The Company’s principal 
activity is being the parent company of the Howden Joinery Group. More information about the Group structure is given at page 146.

Basis of presentation
The Company’s accounting period covers the 53 weeks to 30 December 2017. The comparative period covered the 52 weeks 
to 24 December 2016.

Basis of accounting
These financial statements have been prepared on the going concern basis and in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101 
Reduced Disclosure Framework (FRS 101) and the UK Companies Act. 

The accounts are prepared under the historical cost convention. Under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 the Company is exempt 
from the requirement to present its own income statement or statement of comprehensive income. 

In these financial statements, the Company has applied the exemptions available under FRS 101 in respect of the following disclosures:

•  Statement of Cash Flows and related notes;

• 

 disclosures in respect of transactions with wholly owned subsidiaries;

• 

 comparative period reconciliations for tangible fixed assets and intangible assets;

• 

 an additional statement of financial position for the beginning of the earliest comparative period as required by IFRS 1 First-time 
Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards;

• 

 disclosures in respect of capital management;

• 

 the effects of new but not yet effective IFRSs; and

• 

 disclosures in respect of Key Management Personnel.

As the Group Financial Statements include the equivalent disclosures, the Company has also taken advantage of the exemptions under 
FRS 101 available in respect of IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement and the disclosures required by IFRS 7 Financial Instruments.

Investments in subsidiaries
These investments are shown at cost less any provision for impairment.

Other tax and social security

Owed to subsidiaries

Accruals and deferred income

2 PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT INFORMATION
The Company has no employees (2016: none), did not pay directors’ emoluments (2016: £nil), and the fees payable to the Company’s 
auditor for the audit of the Company’s annual accounts were £10,000 in both current and prior periods.

3 INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES

Cost and carrying value:

At 24 December 2016 and 30 December 2017

Details of subsidiary undertakings are given on page 146. 

4 DEBTORS

Other debtors

Other tax and social security

5 CREDITORS: AMOUNTS FALLING DUE WITHIN ONE YEAR 

Shares 
 in subsidiary 
undertakings

Long-term loans 
to subsidiary 
undertakings

£m

262.1

£m

436.9

Total

£m

699.0

30 December 2017 

24 December 2016 

£m

0.3 

7.0 

7.3 

£m

0.2

–

0.2

30 December 2017 

24 December 2016 

£m

–

(171.5)

(0.1)

(171.6)

£m

(0.2)

(281.1)

(0.1)

(281.4)

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional informationStrategic report 
144

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017

145

6 SHARE CAPITAL

ORDINARY SHARES OF 10p EACH

Allotted, called up and fully paid:

53 weeks to  
30 December 
2017

52 weeks to  
24 December 
2016

53 weeks to  
30 December 
2017

52 weeks to  
24 December 
2016

No.

No.

£m

£m

Balance at the beginning of the period

639,363,815 

651,830,815 

Bought back and cancelled during the period

(11,171,060)

(12,467,000)

Balance at the end of the period

628,192,755 

639,363,815 

63.9 

(1.1)

62.8 

65.2 

(1.3)

63.9 

Additional 
information

146  Parent company and subsidiary undertakings 

147  Five year record 

148  Shareholder ranges 

148  Corporate timetable

149  Advisors and committees 

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l

a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

n
n
o
o
i
i
t
t
a
a
m
m
r
r
o
o
f
f
n
n
I
I

l
l

a
a
n
n
o
o
i
i
t
t
i
i
d
d
d
d
A
A

Notes to the Company financial statements continued 
 
 
 
146

147

Parent company and all subsidiary undertakings  
as at 30 December 2017

Five year record

Country of registration  
or incorporation

Registered office

 Dec 2017 
53 weeks

£m

 Dec 2016 
52 weeks

£m

 Dec 2015 
52 weeks

£m

 Dec 2014 
52 weeks

£m

 Dec 2013 
52 weeks

£m

England and Wales

40 Portman Square, London, W1H 6LT

Summarised Income Statement

PARENT COMPANY

Howden Joinery Group Plc

ALL SUBSIDIARY UNDERTAKINGS

Intermediate Holding Companies:

Howden Joinery Holdings Limited

England and Wales

40 Portman Square, London, W1H 6LT

Howden Joinery International Holdings Limited

England and Wales

40 Portman Square, London, W1H 6LT

Trading:

Howden Joinery Limited

Houdan Cuisines SAS

Lamona Cuisines SAS 

Houdan Cuisines SPRL

Howden Keukens BV

England and Wales

40 Portman Square, London, W1H 6LT

France

France

Belgium

1 Rue Calmette, ZA Du Bois Rigault Nord,  
62880 Vendin-Le-Vieil

1 Rue Calmette, ZA Du Bois Rigault Nord,  
62880 Vendin-Le-Vieil

Rue Des Emailleries 4, 6041 Gosselies

The Netherlands

Van Der Madeweg 55, 1114AM  
Amsterdam-Duivendrecht

Howden Küchen GmbH

Germany

Gutenbergring 73–75, 22848 Norderstedt

Property Management:

Howden Joinery Properties Limited

England and Wales

40 Portman Square, London, W1H 6LT

Howden Kitchens Properties Limited

England and Wales

40 Portman Square, London, W1H 6LT

Net cash, short-term investments and borrowings

Administration and Employee Services:

Howden Joinery Corporate Services Limited

England and Wales

40 Portman Square, London, W1H 6LT

Howden Joinery People Services Limited

England and Wales

40 Portman Square, London, W1H 6LT

Dormant:

Howden Kitchens Limited

England and Wales

40 Portman Square, London, W1H 6LT

Galiform Limited

England and Wales

40 Portman Square, London, W1H 6LT

The Company ultimately owns 100% of the ordinary share capital of all of the companies listed above.

Total net assets

Number of depots at end of year

UK

France

Belgium

Netherlands

Germany

Capital expenditure

Revenue – continuing operations

1,403.8

1,307.3 

1,220.2 

1,090.8 

956.5 

Operating profit – continuing operations

Loss from discontinued operations

Profit on continuing ordinary activities before tax

Full year dividend per share (pence)

Basic EPS – continuing operations (pence)

234.4

–

234.4

232.2

11.1

29.9

237.2 

–

237.2 

237.0 

10.7

29.5 

221.9 

–

221.9 

219.6 

9.9 

27.3 

189.8 

(2.1)

187.7 

188.8 

8.4 

23.2 

138.0 

–

138.0 

133.9 

5.5 

15.7 

Summarised Balance Sheet

Total non-current assets

Inventories

Receivables 

Payables and provisions

Pension liability

221.3

201.6 

153.0 

151.1 

123.3 

208.3

137.8

(245.0)

(109.3)

(8.2)

241.1

454.2

661

20

2

1

1

49

183.7 

135.9 

(244.8)

(106.0)

(31.2) 

226.6 

397.0 

642

20

2

1

1

64

177.1 

129.5 

(214.8)

(49.2)

42.6 

226.1 

421.7 

619

17

2

1

–

46

143.1 

133.1 

(207.2)

(142.6)

(73.6)

217.4 

294.9 

589

12

2

–

–

33

123.4 

122.4 

(192.6)

(54.3)

(1.1)

139.5 

261.7 

559

11

–

–

–

46

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional InformationStrategic report148

149

Shareholder ranges as at 30 December 2017

Advisors and committees

Corporate holders

0 to 1,000

1,001 to 5,000

5,001 to 10,000

10,001 to 50,000

50,001 to 100,000

100,001 to 250,000

250,001 to max

Individual holders

0 to 1,000

1,001 to 5,000

5,001 to 10,000

10,001 to 50,000

50,001 to 100,000

100,001 to 250,000

250,001 to max

Total

Number 
of holders

Percentage 
of holders

Number 
of shares

Percentage 
of shares

147

170

71

152

73

78

227

918

7,176

1,239

152

80

3

3

3

8,656

9,574

1.54

1.78

0.74

1.59

0.76

0.81

2.37

9.59

74.95

12.94

1.59

0.84

0.03

0.03

0.03

90.41

61,314

420,361

518,966

3,971,033

5,185,826

12,411,628

595,352,259

617,921,387

2,515,952

2,925,280

1,122,042

1,673,907

211,989

387,990

1,434,208

10,271,368

0.01

0.07

0.08

0.63

0.83

1.98

94.76

98.36

0.40

0.47

0.18

0.27

0.03

0.06

0.23

1.64

100.00

628,192,755

100.00

Corporate timetable

2018

Trading update

Half-Yearly Report

Trading update

End of financial year 

2 May

26 July

8 November

29 December

PRINCIPAL BANKER
Lloyds Bank Plc
25 Gresham Street 
London 
EC2V 7HN

JOINT FINANCIAL ADVISORS  
AND STOCKBROKERS
Numis Securities Ltd
The London Stock Exchange Building 
10 Paternoster Square 
London 
EC4M 7LT

UBS LTD
5 Broadgate 
London 
EC2M 2QS

SOLICITORS
Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP
65 Fleet Street 
London  
EC4Y 1HS

AUDITOR
Deloitte LLP
2 New St Square 
London 
EC4A 3BZ

REGISTRAR
Equiniti Ltd
Aspect House 
Spencer Road 
Lancing 
West Sussex 
BN99 6DA

REGISTERED OFFICE
40 Portman Square 
London 
W1H 6LT

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
Matthew Ingle 
Andrew Livingston 
Mark Robson 
Kevin Barrett 
Clive Cockburn 
Rob Fenwick 
Gareth Hopkins 
Theresa Keating 
Andy Witts

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
Tiffany Hall (Chair) 
Mark Allen 
Andrew Cripps 
Geoff Drabble 
Debbie White

NOMINATIONS COMMITTEE
Richard Pennycook (Chair) 
Mark Allen 
Andrew Cripps 
Geoff Drabble 
Tiffany Hall 
Debbie White

AUDIT COMMITTEE
Andrew Cripps (Chair) 
Mark Allen 
Geoff Drabble 
Tiffany Hall 
Debbie White

CBP0007522802171709

This document is printed on Arcoprint, which is an FSC® Certified Paper. 
Pulps used are chlorine–free and acid–free.

FSC® – Forest Stewardship Council®. This ensures there is an audited 
chain of custody from the tree in the well–managed forest through to the 
finished document in the printing factory.

This report is a CarbonNeutral® certified publication.

Howden Joinery Group Plc Annual Report & Accounts 2017GovernanceFinancial statementsAdditional InformationStrategic report